Brawley City Council
October 7, 2025

F. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect.

G. Deviations and Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SUBMITTALS
01 33 00 - 5
Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal.

H. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal.

2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision.

3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.

4. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

5. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.

1. Post electronic submittals as PDF electronic files directly to Architect's FTP site specifically established for Project.
a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file.

2. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file.

3. Action Submittals: Submit three paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated.

Architect will return two copies.

4. Informational Submittals: Submit two paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies.

5. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically submitted certificates and certifications where indicated.
b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications where indicated.

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.

2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.

3. Include the following information, as applicable:
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SUBMITTALS
01 33 00 - 6
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and delivery time information.

4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings.

5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.

6. Submit Product Data in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file.
b. Three paper copies of Product Data unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies.

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
c. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.

2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2” x 11” , but no larger than 30” x 42” .

3. Submit Shop Drawings in one of the following format:
a. PDF electronic file.
b. Three opaque copies of each submittal. Architect will retain one copy; remainder will be returned.

D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package.

2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:
a. Generic description of Sample.
b. Product name and name of manufacturer.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SUBMITTALS
01 33 00 - 7
c. Sample source.
d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. e. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item.

3. For projects where electronic submittals are required, provide corresponding electronic submittal of Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record.

4. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned.
1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated.
2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

E. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified.

F. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

G. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

H. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

I. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

J. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

K. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

L. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SUBMITTALS
01 33 00 - 8
of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

M. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information:

1. Name of evaluation organization.

2. Date of evaluation.

3. Time period when report is in effect.

4. Product and manufacturers' names.

5. Description of product.

6. Test procedures and results.

7. Limitations of use.

N. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.

O. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

P. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

Q. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations.

Include page numbers.

2.02 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.

B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SUBMITTALS
01 33 00 - 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.

B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."
C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

3.02 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action.

B. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party.

C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect.

D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review.

E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 1
SECTION 01 45 00

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. This Section is complementary to the General Conditions and supplementary General Conditions and nothing herein shall be considered to waive any requirements of the General Conditions or supplementary General Conditions. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products.

2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other qualityassurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.

4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.

C. Testing Laboratory Services:

1. The respective Sections of these specifications contain detailed requirements for materials testing and inspections to be performed by an approved testing laboratory.

2. All costs incurred for testing laboratory services shall be paid for by the Owner. However, should re-testing be required due to contractor's failure to comply with these specifications requirements, the Contractor shall pay all costs of re-testing.

3. Testing laboratory shall report the results of all tests, in writing, simultaneously to the following:

Architect 1 Copy
Contractor 1 Copy
Owner 1 Copy

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 2
B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate those actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.

Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.

1. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups of the exterior envelope erected separately from the building but on Project site, consisting of multiple products, assemblies, and subassemblies.

C. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.

D. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.

E. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop.

F. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.

G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

H. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).

I. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Testing, when required, shall be in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations and with selected standards of the American Society for Testing and 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 3
Materials (ASTM).

B. Qualifications of the Testing Laboratory: The testing laboratory will be qualified to the Owner's approval in accordance with ASTM E-239-70 "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel Used in Construction."

1.05 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

1.06 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: For integrated exterior mockups, provide plans, sections, and elevations, indicating materials and size of mockup construction.

1. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components.

2. Provide axonometric drawings for conditions difficult to illustrate in two dimensions.

1.07 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities.

B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel.

C. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of written statement of responsibility sent to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems:

1. Seismic-force-resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the designated seismic system quality-assurance plan prepared by Architect.

2. Main wind-force-resisting system or a wind-resisting component listed in the wind-forceresisting system quality-assurance plan prepared by Architect.

D. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.

E. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:

1. Specification Section number and title.

2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.

3. Description of test and inspection.

4. Identification of applicable standards.

5. Identification of test and inspection methods.

6. Number of tests and inspections required.

7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.

8. Requirements for obtaining samples.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 4

9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.

1.08 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN
A. Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule.

B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified full-time personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project.

1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent.

C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review.

D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following:

1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and inspections.

2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the "Statement of Special Inspections."

3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents.

E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups.

F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.09 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Date of issue.

2. Project title and number.

3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.

4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.

5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.

6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.

7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 5

8. Complete test or inspection data.

9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.

10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.

11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements.

12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.

13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report.

2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.

3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.

4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.

5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements.

6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.

7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report.

2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements.

3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements.

4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.

5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 6
C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.

G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.

2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program.

H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

J. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

K. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

L. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 7
performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

M. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.

N. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.

2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program.

O. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

P. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

Q. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

R. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

S. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

T. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.

U. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 8
experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.

2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program.

V. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

W. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

X. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following:

1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:
a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.

Y. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

Z. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

AA. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

BB. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.

CC. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 9
according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.

2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program.

DD. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

EE. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

FF. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following:

1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:
a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.
c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements.
d. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project.
e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work.

2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

GG. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.

2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed.

3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed during the construction at Project.

4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.

5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 10
construction.
a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup.

6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work.

7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated.

HH. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Construct integrated exterior mockup according to approved Shop Drawings. Coordinate installation of exterior envelope materials and products for which mockups are required in individual Specification Sections, along with supporting materials.

II. Laboratory Mockups: Comply with requirements of preconstruction testing and those specified in individual Specification Sections.

1. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements.

2. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project.

3. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work.

4. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

JJ. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.

2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed.

3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed during the construction at Project.

4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.

5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup.

6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work.

7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated.

KK. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Construct integrated exterior mockup according to approved Shop Drawings. Coordinate installation of exterior envelope materials and products for which mockups are required in individual Specification Sections, along with supporting materials.

LL. Laboratory Mockups: Comply with requirements of preconstruction testing and those 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 11
specified in individual Specification Sections.

1. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements.

2. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project.

3. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work.

4. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

MM. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.

2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed.

3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed during the construction at Project.

4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.

5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup.

6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work.

7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated.

NN. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Construct integrated exterior mockup according to approved Shop Drawings. Coordinate installation of exterior envelope materials and products for which mockups are required in individual Specification Sections, along with supporting materials.

OO. Laboratory Mockups: Comply with requirements of preconstruction testing and those specified in individual Specification Sections.

1.11 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.

1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.

2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspecting allowances, as authorized by Change Orders.

3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 12
work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order.

B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not.

1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.

2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services.
a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner.

3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed.

4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.

5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility.

6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections.

Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." D. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.

E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties.

Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.

1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted.

3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirement

4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor.

5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 13
approve or accept any portion of the Work.

6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:

1. Access to the Work.

2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.

3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.

4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.

5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.

6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency.

7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.

H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance andcontrol services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.

1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar qualitycontrol services required by the Contract Documents as a component of Contractor's qualitycontrol plan. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's construction schedule. Update as the Work progresses.

1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.

1.12 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Special Tests and Inspections: Engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner, and as follows:

B. Special Tests and Inspections: Conducted by a qualified testing agency as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as indicated in individual Specification Sections, and as follows:

1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviews the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work.

2. Notifying Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 14
jurisdiction.

4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.

5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.

1.13 OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Owner shall employ a pre-qualified, independent testing laboratory satisfactory to the Owner’s Representative to perform inspections, sampling and testing of materials as specified in the individual Specifications Sections.

B. Owner will pay for all initial testing laboratory services as described within the Contract Documents or not normally required by codes and ordinances. The Contractor shall pay for any additional required testing.

1.14 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, provide access to work, arrange access to manufacturer's operations.

B. Provide laboratory preliminary representative samples of materials to be tested, in required quantities
C. Furnish copies of mill test reports.

D. Provide casual labor and facilities for access to work being tested; obtain and handle supplies at the site; facilitate inspections and tests; provide facilities for laboratory's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples
E. Coordinate requests for testing by Owner-employed testing laboratory through the Owner's Representative. Notify Owner's Representative two (2) working days in advance of operations to allow for assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.

F. Pay for additional laboratory inspections, sampling and testing required for Contractor's convenience and when initial tests indicate that work does not comply with Contract Documents.

G. Pay for inspections and tests required by codes or ordinances or by a plan approval authority, and made by a legally constituted authority (i.e., municipal deputy inspector), unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents.

H. When required in individual Specifications Section, submit manufacturer's certificate, executed by responsible officer, certifying that products meet or exceed specified requirements. Provide certification in duplicate.

1.15 TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of construction, comply with specified standards. Ascertain compliance with requirements of 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00 - 15
Contract Documents.

B. Provide prompt notification of irregularities or deficiencies of work observed during performance of services.

C. Perform additional inspections and tests required by Owner's Representative.

D. After each inspection and test, promptly submit copies of laboratory report to the Owner. Reports are to include: Date issued, project title and number, name of inspector, date and time of sampling or inspection, identification of product and Specification Section(s), location in the project, type of inspection or test, date of test and results of test. When requested by Owner's Representative provide interpretation of test results.

E. Testing Laboratory shall have no authority to: release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents; approve, accept or stop any portion of the work; perform any duties of the Contractor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:

1. Date test or inspection was conducted.

2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.

3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect.

4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.

B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours.

3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible.

Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 1
SECTION 01 50 00

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. All applicable portions of Division 1, including the drawings and general provisions of the contract, the general and supplementary conditions and Division 1 specification sections which apply to work of this section as if printed herein.

1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Temporary facilities and controls required for this work include, but are not limited to: temporary utilities such as water, electricity and telephone; field offices and sheds; haul roads; enclosures such as fences, barricades, and canopies; sanitary facilities; scaffolding and safety equipment. All such temporary facilities shall be located for convenience and safety and maintained in a safe and sanitary condition at all times until completion of the Contract, then removed from the site and disposed of as required or as directed.

1.03 COMPLIANCE WITH CODES AND REGULATIONS
A. Compliance with all requirements of pertinent safety regulations is described in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction and shall include, but not necessarily be limited to:

Federal Occupational Health Administration (OSHA) and latest edition, California Building Code, and ADA (American Disability Act).

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Use all means necessary to maintain all temporary facilities and controls in proper and safe condition throughout progress of the work. In the event of damage or loss, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary and at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel.

B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 days of date established for commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and termination dates of each temporary utility.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 2
C. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 an authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program.

D. Moisture- and Mold-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage and mold.

E. Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dustand HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Include the following:

1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work.

2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing.

3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge.

4. Waste-handling procedures.

5. Other dust-control measures.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the United States Access Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1.

1.07 COORDINATION
A. Contractor to coordinate all temporary facility locations and utilities with Owner. As facility is to remain in use during Construction, Contractor to ensure construction site is secure at all time and provide clearly designated and protected paths of travel for public as needed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. General:

1. Provide and pay all costs for all utilities required for performance of the work.

2. Provide safe distribution of required utilities to the job areas for use of all trades.

B. Temporary Water: Furnish and install all necessary temporary piping and, upon completion of the work, remove all such temporary piping.

C. Temporary Electricity: Furnish and install all necessary temporary wiring; furnish and install distribution boxes within 100 feet of each portion of the work so located that the individual trades 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 3
may use their own construction-type extension cords to obtain adequate power and lighting at all points where required by inspectors and for safety.

D. Telephone/Internet: Maintain in the Contractor's field office or in a protected location on the job site for the use of the subcontractors.

E. Field Office(s): Provide Contractor’s field office(s) in protected location adjacent to the site for use by Contractors. Office shall be equipped with all items necessary to maintain day to day construction operations. Coordinate location with Owner.

2.02 ACCESS FACILITIES
A. The Contractor shall provide access facilities to the construction area as are necessary and required for carrying out the work and the same shall be kept passable at all times. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to streets, curbs and sidewalks due to the use of such facilities, and such damaged portions shall be repaired as required to place them in the same condition as existed prior to the commencement of the work. Contractors shall comply in every respect with applicable Building Codes regarding the use of public streets and sidewalks and provide the proper barricading and lighting of public thoroughfares surrounding the construction activities. Coordinate site access with owner as existing facility will remain in used during construction.

2.03 ENCLOSURES, FENCES, BARRICADES AND CANOPIES
A. Furnish, install, and maintain for the duration of construction, all required scaffolds, fences, barricades, canopies, warning signs, steps, bridges, platforms and other temporary construction necessary for proper completion of the work in compliance with all pertinent safety regulations. In addition, it is recommended that all existing improvements which are not to be altered or removed be protected by means of temporary barricades or other suitable means.

2.04 PUMPING
A. Keep the site, excavations, and structures free of accumulation of water at all times, whether from underground seepage, rainfall, drainage, or broken utility lines.

2.05 SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Furnish and install all required temporary toilet buildings with sanitary toilets for use of all workmen.

Comply with all minimum requirements of the Health Department or other public agency having jurisdiction. Maintain in a sanitary condition at all times.

2.06 FIRE PROTECTION
A. Temporary fire extinguishers shall be provided and available at the job site in accordance with the appropriate NFPA Bulletins and good practice.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE SITE
A. The area to be set aside for the use of the Contractor is indicated on the Drawings as "Limit of Work." Except for sub-surface utility work, curb and gutter, temporary roads and any other work specifically shown or noted, the Contractor shall confine his exterior operations within the limits-ofwork so indicated.

B. Work shall not proceed for the site or buildings until all temporary work such as utilities, barricades, field office and sanitary facilities are furnished and installed.

C. Parking of vehicles by construction personnel shall be limited to areas outside the limits-of-work in locations as designated by the Owner's Representative.

3.02 MATERIAL STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. During the progress of the work, products and materials shall be neatly stored in accordance with the appropriate manufacturer's recommendations and shall be properly cared for and protected from weather, vandalism and theft.

B. All installed products and materials shall be adequately protected until such time as the Owner accepts the Project.

3.03 CONDITIONS AT THE SITE
A. The Contractor shall make all necessary inspections of the job site and of the work to be fully aware of the conditions of all temporary facilities and controls at all times.

B. The Contractor shall take all steps necessary to prohibit any part of the premises, the buildings, or structures to be overloaded by setting thereon any material or equipment, or performing thereon any of his work, which could cause any loss, damage, and/or injury to person or property.

C. The Contractor shall make a close inspection of all materials as delivered and shall promptly return all defective materials without waiting for their rejection by the Architect.

3.04 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:

1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241.

2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection.

Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.

B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 5

1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.

2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.

C. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel.

D. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.

1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.

2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.

E. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.

1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings.

2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project.
a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.

3. Maintain and touch up signs so they are legible at all times.

F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Division 01.

G. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.

1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.

3.05 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.

1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose.

B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.

1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000 "Summary of Work." C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.

D. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 6
properties and walkways, according to erosion- and sedimentation-control Drawings and requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.

1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant-protection zones.

2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established.

3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project.

4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal.

E. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.

F. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.

G. Site Enclosure Fence: Furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering site except by entrance gates.

1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations.

2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel.

H. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.

I. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program.

1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking specified in other Sections.

2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed.

Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.

3.06 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL
A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation, and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage.

1. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 50 00 - 7

2. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials.

3. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work.

3.07 OPERATION, TERMINATION AND REMOVAL
A. Maintain all temporary facilities and controls as long as needed for the safe and proper completion of the work. Remove all such temporary facilities and controls as rapidly as progress of the work will permit, or as directed by the Architect.

B. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

C. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.

D. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

E. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial

3.08 RESTORATION OF AREAS
A. Upon completion of the project, all temporary facilities shall be removed from the site and all areas not otherwise improved but which were adversely affected by the Contractor's work shall be returned to their original condition to the satisfaction of the Architect.

3.09 FINAL SITE CLEAN-UP
A. Prior to final inspection, thoroughly clean the entire site and restore to a neat, acceptable condition.

Remove from the entire site all construction waste and unused materials, dunnage, loose rock and stones, excess earth, roots, weeds, and all debris of any description resulting from the work. Hose down and scrub where necessary all new concrete and asphalt pavement and paved walks, and all existing concrete and asphalt pavement and walks dirtied as a result of the work. Thoroughly remove mortar drippings from concrete walks and other pavements, where they occur.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01 77 00 - 1
SECTION 01 77 00

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Section Includes: The work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, performing all operations necessary for and properly incidental to closing out the project and assisting in Owner's final inspection as hereinafter specified.

1.02 FINAL COMPLETION
A. When the Contractor considers the work, or a designated portion of the work complete, submit written request to Owner's Representative for inspection. By submittal of request, Contractor certifies that:

1. Contract Documents have been reviewed.

2. Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and is ready for inspection.

3. Equipment systems have been tested, adjusted, balanced and are fully operational.

B. Submit request a minimum of five (5) working days in advance of requested inspection date.

Contractor shall be responsible for allowing sufficient time during contract period to complete inspections and any corrections.

C. Should Owner's Representative inspection find work incomplete, Owner's Representative will notify Contractor in writing, listing observed deficiencies.

D. Contractor shall remedy listed deficiencies and send a request for final inspection. At the Owner's option, a reinspection(s) of the work to identify additional deficiencies, if any, may be required. Owner's costs associated with reinspection(s) are subject to provisions of Article

1.04 of this Section.

E. When Owner confirms work is complete, and close-out submittals as referred to in Article 1.05 of this Section are provided, Owner's Representative will notify Contractor of date of completion in writing.

1.03 REINSPECTIONS
A. Should status of completion of work require reinspection(s) by Owner due to failure of work to comply with Contractor's claims on initial inspection, Owner may deduct the amount of compensation for reinspection services from final payment to Contractor. Observed deficiencies in excess of ten (10) will be reason for reinspection.

B. Inspections initiated at the request of the Owner will not be subject to the provisions of this Article.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01 77 00 - 2

1.04 CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents
B. Operation and Maintenance Data
C. Warranties and Guarantees
D. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials
E. Evidence of Payment and Lien Releases along with a list of all subcontractors which contributed labor or materials to the project.

F. Other data and materials as may be required in individual Sections of the Specifications.

1.05 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT
A. Submit application for final payment in accordance with provisions of the Contract for Construction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION

NOT USED

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SELECTIVE AND SITE DEMOLITION
02 22 00 - 1
SECTION 02 22 00

SELECTIVE AND SITE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to complete the building excavation, backfilling and related items as indicated or specified.

1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Demolition and removal of existing site improvements and other items as noted on the plans.

2. Point of connection with and/or relocation of various site utilities, as indicated on the drawings.

3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.

4. Site Excavation, backfill and Compaction
B. Site Visitation: In preparing a proposal, visit the site, carefully examine the Drawings and Specifications, and determine that the work can be properly executed in accordance with the Contract Documents. No allowance will be made for any error through negligence in observing the site conditions

1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Division 01 "Summary" for restrictions on use of the premises, Owner-occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements.

B. Division 01 for provisions covering payment of testing

1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.

B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse.

C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated.

D. Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SELECTIVE AND SITE DEMOLITION
02 22 00 - 2

1.05 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.

B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner.

1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.

1.06 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site

1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.

2. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

3. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations.

1.07 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control and, for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers.

B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:

1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted.

2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted.

3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.

4. Use of elevator and stairs.

5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.

C. Pre-demolition Photographs or Video: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage and demolition operations. Comply with Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation." Submit before Work begins.

D. Warranties: Documentation indicating that existing warranties are still in effect after completion of selective demolition.

1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.

Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SELECTIVE AND SITE DEMOLITION
02 22 00 - 3
B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.

1. Before selective demolition, Owner will remove the following items:
a. Signage desired to be kept
b. Aquatic program equipment
C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.

D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.

1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.

1.09 COORDINATION
A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSP A10.6 and NFPA 241.

2.02 UNDER-SLAB FILL
A. See Division 31.

2.03 BACKFILL MATERIAL
A. Backfill material shall consist of the materials excavated from the site (provided it is free of debris or vegetation) or as specified under Division 31 for imported fill material.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations.

B. Review Project Record Documents of existing construction or other existing condition and hazardous material information provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SELECTIVE AND SITE DEMOLITION
02 22 00 - 4
C. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs or video.

1. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged.

3.02 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage.

1. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies.

2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.

3. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated on Drawings to be removed. a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material and leave in place.
c. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment.
d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational.
e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner.
f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. g. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material and leave in place.

3.03 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:

1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain.

2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.

3. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site.

4. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.

5. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SELECTIVE AND SITE DEMOLITION
02 22 00 - 5
B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. Removed and Salvaged Items:

1. Clean salvaged items.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.

3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.

4. Transport items to Owner's storage area by Owner

5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

C. Removed and Reinstalled Items:

1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.

3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.

3.04 TREATMENT OF EXISTING FACILITIES
A. Protection: Use necessary procedures, caution and covering to protect from damage existing facilities, equipment and accessories not noted to be replaced or restored. Maintain active utilities traversing the project site in operating condition.

B. Replacement: In the event of damage, immediately notify the Owner, and make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect without change in contract amount of time.

3.05 SAFETY BARRICADES
A. Provide substantial barricades around and at all areas and openings as soon as such areas and openings are created. Barricades must be adequate to block access and give warning to the general public

3.06 EXCAVATION
A. Excavations for foundations and footings shall have clean vertical walls, all corners squared up. Keep entire excavation free from any loose material. Excavation shall conform to dimensions and elevations indicated with allowances for erection of forms, shoring, waterproofing, and inspection of footings.

B. Material to be excavated shall be non-classified and shall include all earth or other materials encountered in excavating. The contract sum is understood to cover the removal of all such materials to the depth and extent indicated and as specified. The use of explosives will not be permitted.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SELECTIVE AND SITE DEMOLITION
02 22 00 - 6
C. The drawings show predetermined elevations or depths for bottoms of footings. If additional depth of excavation should be necessary, the Contractor will be paid for the work in accordance with the provisions of the general conditions
D. Shore and brace excavations if necessary, to prevent cave-ins. Remove shoring before backfilling is completed, but not until permanent supports are in place.

3.07 UNDER-SLAB FILL PLACEMENT
A. Place under-slab fill to the thickness and grade indicated smooth and even, free of voids.

Compact to specified density. Grade to a tolerance of 1/4" in 10 feet.

3.08 BACKFILL
A. After completion of the foundations, walls and other construction, and removal of forms, clean the excavations of trash and debris.

B. Place the backfill symmetrically against each side of the walls to prevent eccentric loading.

Place backfill in horizontal 6" layers with the proper moisture content for the required degree of compaction.

C. Backfill pipe and conduit trenches in a manner to prevent disturbance to the pipes or conduits.

Fill under and around pipes thoroughly to a point approximately 12" above the top of the pipe and compact. Backfill remainder of trench in 6" layers and compact.

3.09 COMPACTION
A. Compaction of underslab fill and backfill shall be in horizontal lifts not exceeding 6" in thickness.

Compact to the percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content in accordance with ASTM D-698 a follows
Backfill or fill not occurring under any slabs or Foundations 90% ABC 95%
Backfill or fill occurring under any slabs 95%

3.10 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. All items noted for demolition shall be immediately removed from the project site and hauled and dumped in compliance with all local codes and regulations, including payment of any associated fees.

B. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them per regulations of the authority having jurisdiction.

1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.

2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.

C. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SELECTIVE AND SITE DEMOLITION
02 22 00 - 7

3.11 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP MISCELLANEOUS METALS
05 50 00 - 1
SECTION 05 50 00

MISCELLANEOUS METALS
PART 1- GENERAL

1.01 The General Conditions apply to all work of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included: All labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to provide the miscellaneous metals and related items as indicated or specified.

1.03 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. In accordance with Section 01 33 00.

1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01 33 00 for the fabrication and erection of all assemblies of miscellaneous metal work, which are not completely shown by the manufacturer's data sheets. Include plans and elevations at not less than 1" to 1'0" scale and include details of sections and connections at not less than 3" to 1'0" scale. Show anchorage and accessory items.

1.05 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The extent of miscellaneous metal work is shown on the drawings and includes items fabricated from iron and steel shapes, plates, bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings which are not a part of the structural steel or other metal systems in other Sections of these specifications.

B. *The types of miscellaneous metal items include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Miscellaneous framing and supports

2. Miscellaneous steel trim

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the provision of the following codes, standards and specifications, except as otherwise shown and specified.

B. AISC "specifications for the design, fabrication and erection of structural steel for buildings," including "commentary of the AISC specifications".

C. AISC "specifications for the design of cold-formed steel structural members".

D. AWS "Code for welding in building construction".

E. ASTM A-6 "General requirements for delivery of rolled steel plates, shapes, sheet piping and bars for structural use".

F. Qualification for welding work. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS "standard qualification procedure".
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP MISCELLANEOUS METALS
05 50 00 - 2
G. Field measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of the work. However, do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting wherever the taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay the work.

H. Inserts and anchorages: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or built into masonry for the installation of miscellaneous metal work. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.

I. Shop assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Disassembly units only to the extent necessary for shopping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

PART 2- PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General:

1. For the fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating and application of surface finishes including zinc coatings.

2. Steel plates, shapes and bars: ASTM A-36.

3. Steel plates to be bent or cold-formed: ASTM A-283, grade C.

4. Steel bars and bar-size shapes: ASTM A-306, grade 65, or ASTM A-36.

5. Steel tubing: (Hot-formed, welded or seamless): ASTM A-501.

6. Hot-rolled carbon steel bars: ASTM A-108, grade as selected by fabricator.

7. Cold-finished steel bars: ASTM A-108, grade as selected by fabricator.

8. Hot-rolled, carbon steel sheets and strips: ASTM A-568 and ASTM A-569; pickled and oiled.

9. Cold-rolled carbon steel sheets: ASTM A-336.

10. Galvanized carbon steel sheets: ASTM A-526, with ASTM A-525, G90 zinc coating.

11. Cold-drawn steel tubing: ASTM A-512, sunk drawn, butt welded, cold-finished and stressrelieved.

12. Steel Pipe: ASTM A-53, type as selected; grade A. Black finish unless galvanizing is required.

Standard weight, schedule 40, unless otherwise shown or specified.

B. Anchors:

1. Threaded-type concrete inserts: Galvanized ferrous castings, internally threaded to receive 3/4" diameter machine bolts; either malleable iron complying with ASTM A-47 or cast steel complying with ASTM A-27; hot-dip galvanized in compliance with ASTM A-153.

2. Wedge-type concrete inserts: Galvanized box-type ferrous castings, designed to accept 3/4" diameter bolts having special wedge-shaped heads, either malleable iron complying with ASTM A-47 or cast steel complying with ASTM A-27; hot-dipped galvanized in compliance with ASTM A-153.

3. Provide carbon steel bolts having special wedge-shaped heads, nuts, washers and shims; all galvanized in compliance with ASTM A-153.

4. Slotted type concrete inserts: Galvanized 1/8" thick pressed steel plate complying with ASTM A283. Box-type welded construction with slot designed to receive 3/4" diameter square head bolt and with knockout cover. Hot-dip galvanized in compliance with ASTM A-386.

5. Masonry anchorage devices: Expansion shield; FS FF-S-325.

6. Toggle bolts: Tumble-wing type; FS FF-B-588, type, class and style as required.

C. Fasteners:
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP MISCELLANEOUS METALS
05 50 00 - 3

1. General:
a. Provide zinc-coated fasteners with galvanizing complying with ASTM A-153 for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required for the installation of miscellaneous metal items. b. Standard bolts and nuts: ASTM A-307, grade A, regular hexagon head. c. Lag bolts: FS FF-B-561, square head type.
d. Wood screws: FS FF-S-111, flat head carbon steel.
e. Plain Washers: FS FF-W-84, helical spring type steel.

2. Paint:
a. Metal primer paint: Tnemec 1009.
b. Galvanizing repair paint: High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, complying with military specifications MIL-P-21035 (SHIPS).

3. Fabrication, General:

Workmanship:
a. Use materials of the size and thicknesses shown, or if not shown, of the required size and thickness to produce adequate strength and durability of the finished product for the intended use. Work to the dimensions of fabrication and support. Use the type of materials shown or specified for the various components of work. b. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32" unless otherwise shown. Form bent-metal corners to the smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the work.
c. Weld corners and seams continuously and in accordance with the recommendations of AWS. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush, to match and blend with adjoining surfaces.
d. Form exposed connections with hairline joints which are flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of the type shown, or if not shown, use phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts. e. Provide for anchorage of type shown, coordinated with supporting structure and the progress schedule. Fabricate and as required to provide adequate support for the intended use of the work.
f. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as may be required to receive finish hardware and similar items of work.
g. Use hot-rolled steel bars for work fabricated from bar stock, unless work is indicated to be fabricated from cold-rolled, or cold-finished stock. h. Galvanizing: Provide a zinc-coating for those items shown or specified to be galvanized, using the hot-dip process after fabrications.
i. ASTM A-153 for galvanizing of iron and steel hardware. j. ASTM A-123 for galvanizing of rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars, and strip 1/8" thick and heavier.
k. ASTM A-386 for galvanizing of assembled steel products.

4. Shop Painting:
a. Shop paint miscellaneous metal work, except those members or portions or members to be embedded in concrete or masonry, surfaces and edges to be field welded, and galvanized surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Remove scale, rust and other deleterious materials before the shop coat of paint is applied. Clean off heavy rust and loose mill scale in accordance with SSPC SP-2 "hand tool cleaning", or SSPC SP-3 "power tool cleaning" or SSPC SP-7 "brush-off blast cleaning". Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPC SDP1 "solvent cleaning". 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP MISCELLANEOUS METALS
05 50 00 - 4
c. Apply one shop coat of metal primer paint to fabricated metal items, except apply two coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. d. Immediately after surface preparation, brush or spray on metal primer paint, applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and at a rate to provide a uniform dry film thickness of 2.0 mils for each coat. Use painting methods which will result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges and all exposed surfaces.

PART 3- EXECUTION

3.01 MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS
A. Carpentry's Iron Work:

1. Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structures. Straight bolts and other stock rough hardware are specified in this Division.

2. Manufacture or fabricate items of sizes, shapes and dimensions required. Furnish malleable iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood structural connections; elsewhere furnish steel washers.

B. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports:

1. Provide miscellaneous steel framing and cross bracing and supports which are not a part of the structural steel framework, as required to complete the work.

2. Fabricate miscellaneous units to the sizes, shapes and profiles shown, or if not shown, of the required dimensions to receive adjacent grating, plates, doors or other work to be retained by the framing. Except as otherwise shown, fabricate for structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars of all welded construction using mitered corners, welded brackets and splice plates and a minimum number of joints for field connection. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar items to be anchored to the work.

3. Equip units with integrally welded anchor straps for casting into poured concrete or building into masonry wherever possible. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is poured.

Except as otherwise shown, space anchors 24" on center, and provide minimum anchor units of 1-1/4" x 1/4" x 8" steel straps.

C. Miscellaneous Steel Trim:

1. Provide shapes and sizes as required for the profiles shown. Except as otherwise noted, fabricate units from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars, with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed field splices wherever possible.

2. Provide cutouts, fittings and anchorages as required for coordination of assembly and installation with other work.

D. Shelf Angles:

1. Provide structural steel shelf angles of sizes shown for attachment to concrete framing. Provide slotted holes to receive 3/4" bolts, spaced not more than 6" from ends and not more than 24" on center, unless otherwise shown.

2. Furnish wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, for attachment of shield angles to cast-in-place concrete.

E. Gratings:
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP MISCELLANEOUS METALS
05 50 00 - 5

1. Grating shall be Reliance Steel Products Company, electro-pressure welded construction type with 1" x 3/16" bearing bars spaced at 1-3/16" cross bars spaces at 2" centers. Wearing surface of bearing bars and of cross bars shall be serrated. Grating shall be painted one shop coat of red oxide after fabrication. Furnish perimeter support angles with welded anchors as detailed.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 1
SECTION 07 92 00

SEALANTS
PART 1- GENERAL

1.1 The General Conditions apply to all work of this Section.

1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included:

1. The work includes, but is not limited to, the furnishing and installing of all primers, sealants, joint treatments and related work required to weatherproof the building, including interior caulking and sealing, as shown and noted on the drawings and specified herein.

2. See Division 13 for all the furnishing and installing of all primers, sealants, joint treatment sand related work required to waterproof the pool systems and pool deck.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: Contractor and job foreman shall have a minimum of 5 years experience installing sealants.

B. Compatibility with substrate: Applicator shall be responsible for verifying that sealants used are compatible with joint substrates.

C. Mock-ups: The contractor may be required, at the Owners option, to install sealant in mock-ups prepared by other trades in order to demonstrate appearance and workmanship technique. Only those personnel who will be assigned to the project, using materials and techniques, which will be used on the project, should do such mock-ups.

D. Joint tolerance: Joint width/depth ratios are critical to sealant performance. Compliance with the manufacturer's limitation is required.

E. Manufacturer: The manufacturer of the sealant used shall have been in the business of manufacturing the specific types of such sealants for not less than 10 years.

1.4 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES
A. Cooperate to the fullest extent with other trades where caulking is involved. Coordinate the work of this Section with all related trades. See special requirements for submittals.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
Comply with requirements of Division 1, Section 01 33 00. Note: General Contractor shall be responsible for submittal of sealant data from all subcontractors prior to any installation.

A. Materials List/Product Data: Within 15 days of contract award, submit for Architect’s review complete materials list, including catalog data, of all materials, equipment, and products for work in this section.

B. Samples: Accompanying Materials List, submit for Architect’s review two (2) samples of each type of specified sealants, including color range available.

1.6 HANDLING
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 2
A. Comply with the requirements of General Requirements, Division 1. Do not use materials whose shelf life date has expired.

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION
A. Do not install sealants under adverse weather conditions, or when temperatures are beyond manufacturer's recommended limits. Use no methods or materials that will in any way contribute pollutants to the project's immediate environment. Special attention is brought to the regulations by Federal, State, County and other local codes and ordinances for the volatile organic compound contents of specialty coatings (excluding water) where in every case the more restrictive requirements shall apply.

1.8 WARRANTY
A. All work shall be free of defects of materials and/or workmanship. The Contractor shall deliver to the Architect a written guarantee consigned by installer and contractor stating that the job will remain weathertight and watertight for a period of two (2) years from the date of acceptance of the job.

B. Defective work will be adjudged a failure due to leakage, hardening, cracking, crumbling, melting, shrinkage or running of the caulking compound or sealant, or staining of any adjacent work. (Do not allow landscape materials i.e. peat moss to adhere to or discolor sealants.) C. Certification (manufacturer's standard data sheet or letter) that each type of compound used is recommended by the manufacturer for the application shown and complies with these specifications shall be furnished to the Architect prior to filing of Notice of Completion.

PART 2- PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Dow Corning Corp.

B. General Electric Co.

C. Nameco International
D. National Gypsum Percora Corp.

E. Products Research and Chemical Corp.

F. Tremco
G. U.S. Gypsum
H. Where sample products are specified, equivalent products of other acceptable manufacturers may be used, unless otherwise indicated.

2.2 COLORS
A. Colors for each sealant installation will be selected by the Architect from standard colors normally available from the specified manufacturer.

B. Should such standard color not be available form an alternate manufacturer except at additional charge, provide such colors at no additional cost to the Owner. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 3
C. In concealed installations, and in partially or fully exposed installations where so approved by the Architect, use standard gray or black sealant.

2.3 PREPARATORY MATERIALS
A. Primer: Non-staining type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.

B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive type recommended by sealant manufacturer, compatible with joint forming materials.

2.4 SEALANTS
A. Polyurethane Based Sealant: Compound shall be one-part or two-part, chemically curing type, supplied in ready-to-use form. Compounds shall be non-toxic and non-staining. Colors shall match adjacent surfaces. Use self-leveling pour grade where possible in flatwork joints and as shown on drawings.

Sealant shall conform to ASTM C-920, Type M or S, Grades P or NS, Class 25. (IT-S-00227E or IT-S00230C, Type I or II, Class A).

Note: Sealant used in flatwork paving with heavy pedestrian traffic shall be of type to cure to a durometer hardness of 50 to 60 or better. Submit sample to prior installation. (IT-S-227E, Class B).

B. Silicone Based Sealant: Compound shall be one component material, supplied in ready-to-used form.

Compounds shall be non-toxic and non-staining. Low, medium or high modulus as required for specific adhesion as recommended by manufacturer. Color shall be as selected by Architect. Sanitary silicone rubber base sealant where required.

Sealant shall conform to ASTM C-920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25 (TT-S-01543A, Class A).

C. Acoustic Sealant: Non-hardening, non-staining, butyl-mastic rubber compound, ADCOSEAL BP 400, U.S.G. Acoustical Sealant or approved equivalent, conforming to TT-S-001657 and ASTM C557 and C919-79.

D. Fire Rated Sealant System: Compound and accessories shall be F.M., U.L. and carry ICBO approval specific hourly ratings for penetrations through rated assemblies.

E. Acrylic Sealant: Compound shall be one-part solvent acrylic or acrylic terpolymer supplied in ready-to-use form. Compound(s) shall be non-toxic or staining. Color as selected by Architect.

Sealant shall conform to ASTM C-834-81.

F. Butyl Sealant: Compound shall be one-part butyl/polyisobutylene in either cartridge or pre-shimmed tape, read-to-use form.

Pre-shimmed tape shall be TREMCO 440, 1/8-inch x 3/8-inch. Color should be as close to surroundings as possible.

Sealant shall conform to TT-S-001657.

2.5 BACKING MATERIAL FOR SEALANTS
A. Synthetic material compatible with sealant and free from oil.

B. Comply with the following:
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 4

1. Non-traffic joints packing shall be closed-cell expanded to polyethylene cord or square rod conforming to ASTM C 1752 or closed-cell vinyl conforming to ASTM D 1667 grade VE-41.

2. Traffic joints packing shall be closed-cell neoprene cord or square rod conforming to ASTM C 509 with a minimum shore "A" hardness of 45.

C. Bond Breaker Tape: Type and consistency recommended by the sealant manufacturer to suit application.

D. Sealant Rod Backer:

1. Compressible rod stock formed of closed cell polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable nonabsorptive material recommended by the sealant manufacturer.

2. Size backing material from 30 to 50 percent compression upon insertion.

PART 3- EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. This specification is intended to be general in its scope as to where caulking or sealing is to be installed.

The Contractor shall check all drawings and details and thoroughly familiarize himself with the extent of the caulking or sealing involved. Only a complete and absolutely watertight and weathertight job will be accepted. All sealant and caulking shall be applied in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and under the supervision of a manufacturer's representative, by an applicator approved by the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall provide field technical assistance to insure proper cleaning of surfaces, and application of the materials.

3.2 LOCATION OF USE
A. Polyurethane Base Sealant:

1. Use at both exterior and interior faces, sheet metal and flashing, edges or perimeters of members, other than glass, occurring within or about exterior walls and/or surfaces.

B. Silicone Based Sealant:

1. Use at all glazing conditions, in shower/bath and in specific locations, as indicated.

C. Acoustic Sealant:

1. Use at all walls and floors for sound transmission control in sound-rated walls, per code for multifamily construction, and as indicated.

D. Acrylic Sealant:

1. Use at all interior joints in walls and ceilings, back bedding, control joints, bedding of mullions, panels and frames.

E. Butyl Sealant (Polyisobutylene):

1. Use for pre-shimmed tapes for glazing in wood stops, and where indicated in sheet metal work.

F. Silicone Base Sealant: (mildew resistant)
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 5

1. Use for pre-shimmed tapes for glazing in wood stops, and accessories in restrooms and food service areas.

G. Fire Rated Sealant:

1. Use at penetrations and joint conditions through fire rated assemblies for a continuous smoke seal.

3.03 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examine the areas and conditions under this work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.4 PREPARATION
A. Concrete Surfaces:

1. Install only on surfaces which are dry, sound, and well brushed, wiping free from dust.

2. At open joints, remove dusts by mechanically blown compressed air if so required.

3. To remove oil and grease, use sandblasting or wire brushing.

4. Where surfaces have been treated, remove the surface treatment by sandblasting or wire brushing.

5. Remove laitance from joint cavities.

B. Steel Surfaces:

1. Un-primed or unfinished steel surfaces in contact with sealant:
a. Sandblast as required to achieve acceptable surface to bond. b. If sandblasting is not practical, or would damage adjacent finish, scrape the metal or wire brush to remove mill scale and rust.
c. Use solvent to remove oil and grease, wiping the surfaces with clean white rags only.

2. Remove protective coatings on steel by sandblasting or by using a solvent which leaves no residue.

3.5 MISCELLANEOUS CAULKING AND SEALING WORK
A. The entire extent of caulking and sealing work is not necessarily fully or individually described here.

Caulking shall be provided wherever required to prevent light leakage as well as moisture leakage. Refer to drawings for conditions and related parts of the work.

3.6 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS
A. Prior to start of installation in each joint, verify the joint type according to details on the drawings, or as otherwise directed by the Architect, and verify that the required proportion of width of joint to depth of joint has been secured.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SEALANTS
07 92 00 - 6
B. Equipment:

1. Apply sealant under pressure with power-actuated hand gun or manually-operated hand gun or by other appropriate means.

2. Use guns with nozzle of proper size, and providing sufficient pressure to completely fill the joints as designed.

C. Thoroughly and completely mask joints where the appearance of primer or sealant on adjacent surfaces would be questionable.

D. Install the sealant in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, thoroughly filling joints to the recommended depth. Caulk wide joints (in excess of 5/8") with three passes. Run a bead at each inside corner, and fill joint with a third pass.

E. Tool joints to the profile shown on the Drawings, or as otherwise required if such profiles are not shown on the Drawings.

F. Cleaning up:

1. Remove masking tape immediately after joints have been tooled.

2. Clean adjacent surfaces free from sealant as the installation progresses, using solvent or cleaning agent recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant used.

3. Upon completion of the work of this Section, promptly remove from the job site all debris, empty containers, and surplus materials derived from this portion of the work.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 - 1
SECTION 13 11 00

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The scope of the work included under this Section of the Specifications shall include swimming pool(s) as illustrated on the Drawings and specified herein. The General and Supplementary Conditions of the Specifications shall form a part and be included under this Section of the Specifications. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall provide all supervision, labor, material, equipment, machinery, plant and any and all other items necessary to complete the work. ALL OF THE WORK IN SECTIONS 13 11 00 - 13 11 08 IS TO BE THE

RESPONSIBILITY OF ONE EXPERIENCED SWIMMING POOL SUBCONTRACTOR

PRIMARILY ENGAGED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF COMMERCIAL PUBLIC-USE SWIMMING POOLS. A SWIMMING POOL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE CONSIDERED

PRIMARILY ENGAGED AS REQUIRED HEREIN IF THE SUBCONTRACTOR DERIVED 50% OF ITS ANNUAL REVENUE FROM PUBLIC-USE SWIMMING POOL CONSTRUCTION FOR EACH OF THE LAST FIVE YEARS. THE SUBCONTRACTOR MUST HAVE ALSO, IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS CONSTRUCTED AT LEAST FIVE (5) COMMERCIALLY

DESIGNED MUNICIPAL AND PUBLIC-USE SWIMMING POOLS, EACH OF WHICH SHALL HAVE INCORPORATED A MINIMUM SIZE OF 6,000 SQUARE FEET OF WATER

SURFACE AREA WITH A CONCRETE AND CERAMIC TILE PERIMETER OVERFLOW GUTTER AND SELF-MODULATING BALANCE TANK. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall furnish and install the swimming pool structures, finishes, cantilever forming, swimming pool mechanical and electrical systems, and all accessories necessary for a complete, functional swimming pool system, as herein described. Work shall include start-up, instruction of Owner’s personnel, as-built drawings and warranties as required.

1.02 CODES, RULES, PERMITS, FEES
A. The swimming pools shall be constructed in strict accordance with the applicable provisions set forth by authorities having jurisdiction over swimming pool construction and operation in the State of California.

B. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits, and pay all government sales taxes, fees, and other costs in connection with their work; file all necessary plans, prepare all documents and obtain all necessary approvals of governmental departments having jurisdiction; obtain all required certificates of inspection for their work and deliver same to the Designated Representative before request for acceptance and final payment for the work.

C. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall include in the work any labor, materials, services, apparatus, or drawings in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, whether or not shown on Drawings and/or specified. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 - 2
D. The Contractor shall submit all required documents and materials to all Governmental Departments having jurisdiction for any deferred approval items or substituted materials or products to obtain final approval to installation.

1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Furnish and perform supervision, coordination, all layout, formwork, excavation, hand trim, disposing off-site of all unused material or debris to complete the swimming pool excavation to the dimensions shown on the plans.

B. Furnish and install complete swimming pool structures, including reinforcing steel and cast-inplace or pneumatically placed concrete walls and floors.

C. Furnish and install swimming pool finishes, including ceramic tile and marble plaster or other waterproof finishes.

D. Furnish and install complete swimming pool mechanical system(s), including, but not limited to, circulation systems, filtration systems, pool water heating systems, water chemistry control systems, domestic water fill line systems, booster pump and special effects systems, and all pumps, piping, valves, and connections between system(s) and swimming pool(s).

E. Furnish and install complete swimming pool electrical system(s) from P.O.C. in Mechanical Room, including, but not limited to, underwater lighting systems, water level control systems, timing systems, scoreboards, special effects systems, control circuitry, motor starters, time clocks, bonding, and all conduits, conductors, contactors, and switches between the system(s) and swimming pool(s).

F. Furnish and install all swimming pool cantilever forming, deck equipment and required anchors and inserts for the specified equipment as required by code, shown on the Drawings and specified herein.

G. After the initial filling of the swimming pool system(s), should any repairs, continuing work, or other Subcontractor responsibility require drainage or partial drainage of the swimming pool systems, the Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall be responsible for any subsequent refilling and shall complete the project with the swimming pool system(s) full of water, water in chemical balance, complete in every way, and in full operation.

H. For Competition Pools: The Contractor shall retain an independent licensed surveyor to provide proof of compliance for required pool lengths as follows:

1. 25 Yards: (Allows for touch pads at one end) 75’- 5/16” minimum, 75’-1 3/16” maximum.

2. 25 Meter: (Allows for touch pads at one end) 82’-9/16” minimum, 82’-13/16” maximum.

3. 50 Meter: (Allows for touch pads at both ends)164’-1 1/8” minimum, 164’-1 11/16” maximum.

Tolerance against length shall extend in a vertical plane 0.3M (12”) above and 0.8M. (2’-7 ½”) below the surface of the water at all points of both end walls typ. of all courses. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 - 3
The independent licensed surveyor shall fill out, notarize and fill official certifications forms with USA Swimming.

I. Contractor shall retain a licensed engineer to certify the field built main drain systems as VGB Compliant.

1.04 ASSIGNED RESPONSIBILITIES AND RELATED WORK
A. It is the intent of this section of the Specifications to clarify Work responsibilities of the trades directly and indirectly involved in construction of the pool systems. All labor, equipment, materials and supplies furnished by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor and other Subcontractors per the contractual agreement with the General Contractor and Owner and shall be as directed by the Owner through their Designated Representative.

B. THE SWIMMING POOL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL NOT SUBCONTRACT ANY PORTION

OF THE SWIMMING POOL CONSTRUCTION OR SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT

INSTALLATION TO ANYONE OTHER THAN A SUBCONTRACTOR THAT SATISFIES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 13 11 00
C. References to “swimming pool systems” shall include the swimming pools, equipment, and accessories.

D. The Owner will provide one complete water filling of the swimming pool(s), but will not assume any responsibility for the swimming pool system(s) until they have been proved fully operational, complete in every way and accepted by the Designated Representative.

1.05 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
A. The Contractor shall grade the swimming pool site(s), establish benchmarks, cut and fill as necessary to provide as level an area as possible at swimming pool deck elevation before swimming pool layout.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible for horizontal dimensions and grade elevations accurately from established lines and benchmarks (as indicated on the Drawings) and be responsible for those grades.

C. The Contractor shall provide adequate temporary light, electric power, heat and ventilation per Federal and State OSHA requirements to construct the swimming pool system(s).

D. The Contractor shall not permit any heavy equipment activity over any area or within five (5) feet of any area under which swimming pool piping is buried. There shall be no exceptions to this requirement.

E. The Contractor shall keep the swimming pool excavation(s) and swimming pool structure(s) free of construction residue and waste materials of their workmen or Subcontractors, removing said material from the swimming pools as required.

F. The Contractor shall protect the swimming pool(s) from damage caused by their construction equipment and /or workmen and Subcontractors.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 - 4
G. The Contractor shall provide a representative at time of swimming pool start-up to coordinate all trades related to swimming pool system(s).

1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR
A. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall be licensed in the State of California and provide written notifications to Swimming Pool Subcontractor and contractor when necessary to excavate and backfill within the swimming pool construction site.

B. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall not utilize any swimming pool piping trench for installation of any sanitary sewer, storm sewer, domestic water, hot water, chilled water or natural gas line.

C. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all sanitary sewer piping, including vent stacks (if necessary), for backwash pits, floor drains and floor sinks as required by code, shown on Drawings, and herein specified.

D. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all storm sewer piping and site drainage systems as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.

E. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall provide a minimum 75 psi water supply for swimming pool construction work within fifty (50) feet of the swimming pool construction site(s).

F. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall furnish and install reduced pressure backflow protected domestic water lines to P.O.C. within swimming pool Mechanical Room as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.

G. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall furnish and install natural gas piping, pressure regulation and valving to P.O.C. within swimming pool Mechanical Room as required by code, shown on the drawings, and herein specified.

H. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all ductwork, louvers, and all HVAC equipment within swimming pool Mechanical Room as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.

I. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall provide a representative at time of swimming pool start-up to coordinate work related to swimming pool system(s).

1.07 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be licensed in the State of California and shall furnish and install electrical service to swimming pool Mechanical Room sized to accommodate all necessary swimming pool equipment as shown on the Drawings and herein specified.

B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish any temporary power needed by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor within fifty (50) feet of the swimming pool construction site(s). 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 - 5
C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all conduits, conductors, starters/disconnects, panels, circuits, switches and equipment as required for lighting, ventilation and HVAC equipment within swimming pool Mechanical Room as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.

D. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all conduits, conductors, panels, circuits, switches and equipment for area lighting as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.

E. All equipment, material and installation shall be as required under Division 16 of the Specifications and shall conform to NEC Article 680 (latest revision), State and Local Codes, and as may be required by all authorities having jurisdiction over swimming pool construction within the State of California.

F. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide a representative at time of swimming pool start-up to coordinate work related to swimming pool system(s).

1.08 INTENT
A. It is the intention of these specifications and Drawings to call for finished work, tested and ready for operation. Wherever the word “provide” is used, it shall mean “furnish and install complete and ready for use.”
B. Minor details not usually shown or specified, but necessary for proper installation and operation, shall be included in the work, the same as if herein specified or shown.

1.09 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Provide a Schedule of Values for all work specified in each of the technical specifications listed in the table below, regardless of whether the work is performed by the swimming pool contractor or others. Values listed shall be fully burdened, with contractor general conditions, overhead, profit and bonds included. Payments for swimming pool work completed shall not be approved until Schedule of Values has been submitted to and approved by Architect.

SWIMMING POOL SCHEDULE OF VALUES
No. Section # Description Value

1. 131101 Swimming Pool Excavation

2. 131102 Swimming Pool Concrete

3. 131103 Swimming Pool Shotcrete

4. 131104 Swimming Pool Ceramic Tile

5. 131105 Swimming Pool Plaster

6. 131106 Swimming Pool Equipment

7. 131107 Swimming Pool Mechanical

8. 131108 Swimming Pool Electrical
Total
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 - 6

1.10 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by Architect for Subcontractor's use in preparing submittals.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing submittals with performance construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for schedules performance of related construction activities.

D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for re-submittals as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal.

1. Initial Review: Allow fifteen (15) days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will advise Contract when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Concurrent Review: Where concurrent review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is required, allow twenty-one (21) days for initial review of each submittal.

3. Direct Transmittal to Consultant: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted directly to Architect's consultants, provide duplicate copy of transmittal to Architect. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Subcontractor.

4. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

5. Allow fifteen (15) days for processing each submittal.

6. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing.

E. Identification: Place a title block on each submittal for identification.

1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on title block.

2. Provide a space on title block to record Subcontractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.

3. Include the following information on title block for processing and recording action taken:
(See Attached Sample)
a. Project name.
b. Date.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 - 7
c. Name and address of Subcontractor.
d. Name of Subcontractor.
e. Name of Supplier.
f. Name of Manufacturer.
g. Unique identifier, including revision number.
h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. j. Other necessary identification.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 - 8
SUBMITTAL FOR: SUBMITTAL TO: SUBCONTRACTOR:

Item Number:

Section Number:

Section Description:

Subcontractor:

Supplier:

Manufacturer:

Product Code:

Quantity:

Subcontractor Certification: Contractor's Submittal Stamp:

It is hereby certified that the equipment or
material designated in this submittal is
proposed to be incorporated in the above
named project and is in compliance with the
contract drawings and / or specifications and is
submitted for approval.

Certified by:

Date:

Job
Superintendent:

Revisions:

Architect's Review Stamp and Comments
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 - 9
F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract documents on submittal.

G. On all catalogue or cut sheets identify which model or type is being submitted.

H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Product data and shop drawings shall be packaged within a three-ring binder and colored samples shall be packaged on a heavy cardboard. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form.

1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Subcontractor's letterhead, record relevant information, request for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals and deviations from requirements of the Contract documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the related submittal.

2. Include Subcontractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requires of the Contract Documents.

3. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Destination (To:).
d. Source (From:).
e. Names of Subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
f. Category and type of submittal.
g. Submittal purpose and description.
h. Remarks.

I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, Subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect in connection with construction.

1.11 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. To obtain approval to use unspecified products, bidders shall submit requests for substitution at least ten (10) days prior to bid date. Requests shall only be considered if they clearly describe the product for which approval is asked, including all data necessary to demonstrate acceptability. All unspecified products and equipment will be considered on an “or equal” basis at the discretion of the Designated Representative. Requests for substitution received after the specified deadline will not be considered. Where a conflict exists between the requirements of the General Conditions / Special Conditions / Division 1 concerning substitutions and the requirements of this Article, this Article (Section 13 11 00, Article 1.10) shall govern.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 - 10
B. Where the Swimming Pool Subcontractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than that specified or detailed on the Drawings which requires any redesign of the structure, partitions, foundations, piping, wiring, or any other part of the architectural, mechanical, or electrical layout, all such redesign and all new drawings (stamped by California Licensed Engineer) and detailing required shall be prepared by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor, at their own expense, submitted for review and approval by the Designated Representative prior to bid.

C. Where such approved deviation requires a different quantity and arrangement of piping, supports and anchors, wiring, conduit, and equipment from that specified or indicated on the Drawings, the Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall furnish and install any such piping, structural supports, controllers, motors, starters, electrical wiring and conduit, and any other additional equipment required by the system, at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.12 SURVEYS AND MEASUREMENTS
A. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall base all measurements, both horizontal and vertical, from benchmarks established by the Contractor. All work shall agree with these established lines and levels. The mechanical Drawings do not give exact details as to elevations of piping, exact locations, etc. and do not show all offsets, control lines, pilot lines and other installation details. Verify all measurements at site and check the correctness of same as related to the work.

1.13 DRAWINGS
A. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of the systems and work included in the Subcontractor. Drawings are not to be scaled. The architectural drawings and details shall be examined for exact dimensions. Where they are not definitely shown, this information shall be obtained from the Designated Representative.

1.14 SWIMMING POOL SUBSUBCONTRACTOR
A. The swimming pool construction work as herein described and specified in Division 13 of the Project Manual shall be the complete responsibility of a qualified and specifically licensed (C53 license classification within the State of California) Swimming Pool Subcontractor with extensive experience in commercial public use swimming pool installations.

B. The Contractor shall require the Swimming Pool Subcontractor to furnish to the Contractor performance and payment bonds in the amount of 100% of the Swimming Pool Subcontractor’s bid written by a surety Company properly registered in the State of California and listed by the U.S. Treasury. The expense of the bond(s) is to be borne by the Subcontractor. The Contractor shall clearly specify the amount and requirements of the bond(s) in the Contractor’s written or published request for subbids. The Contractor’s written or published request for subbids shall also specify that the bond(s) expense is to be borne by the Subcontractor.

C. Subcontractor certifies that it meets the qualifications and experience requirements established in Swimming Pool General Requirements, Section 13 11 00, as follows:
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 - 11

1. Subcontractor has derived 50% of its annual revenue from public-use swimming pool construction for each of the last five (5) years.

2. Subcontractor has, in the last five (5) years, constructed at least five (5) commercially designed municipal and public-use swimming pools, each of which have incorporated a minimum size of 6,000 square feet of water surface area with a concrete and ceramic tile perimeter overflow gutter and self-modulating balance tank.

3. The following list of projects meet the requirements of section (b) above and the contact as reference by the Contractor, the Awarding Authority of their agent or designee. a. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for Project:
b. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for Project:
c. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for Project:
d. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for Project:
e. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for Project:

D. Swimming Pool Deck Subcontractor other than the swimming pool Subcontractor certifies that it meets the qualifications and experience requirements established in Swimming Pool General Requirements, Section 13 11 00, as follows:

1. Subcontract has, in the last five (5) years, constructed at least five (5) commercially designed cantilevered pool decks over perimeter gutters, each of which have incorporated a minimum size of 6,000 square feet of water surface area of the swimming pool.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 - 12

2. The following list of projects meet the requirements of section (b) above and the contact as reference by the Contractor, the Awarding Authority of their agent or designee.

SWIMMING POOL DECK SUBCONTRACTOR
a. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for Project:
b. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for Project:
c. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for Project:
d. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for Project:
e. Owner:

Scope of Project:

Contact Person:

Phone Number:

Architect for Project:

1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall determine from actual samples of pool water supplied by the Owner, the proper water management program necessary for maximum operating efficiency and comfort. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall provide the services of experienced personnel familiar with this type of pool system operation, in conformance with Section 13 11 05 of the Specifications.

1.16 MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall provide six (6) bound sets for delivery to the Designated Representative of instructions for operating and maintaining all systems and 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 - 13
equipment included in this Contract. Manufacturer’s advertising literature or catalog pictures will not be acceptable for operating and maintenance instructions.

B. Bound in ring binders shall be all parts lists, periodic maintenance instructions and troubleshooting guidelines for all pool equipment, including but not limited to filters, pumps, controllers, water chemistry control equipment, etc.

1.17 SECURE FROM THE OWNER
A. A complete Owner-furnished filling of the swimming pools.

B. The Owner’s assistance, as specified herein, from the time of start-up until final written acceptance of the swimming pool system(s).

C. Chemicals as required for swimming pool operation after Swimming Pool Subcontractor completes initial water chemistry balance and water treatment during the maintenance period described in Section 13 11 05 of the Specifications.

1.18 WARRANTY
A. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall warrant all swimming pool structures, finishes and systems against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year after the date of acceptance by the Owner. Any repair or replacement required due to defective material or workmanship will be promptly corrected by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION

NOT USED

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL EXCAVATION
13 11 01 - 1
SECTION 13 11 01

SWIMMING POOL EXCAVATION
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Finish and fine grading to bring the surface of the ground to the required grades and elevations as indicated on the Drawings.

B. Subgrade improvements and placing of compacted fills.

C. Excavation and backfill for all swimming pool, pool deck, surge chamber and backwash retention tank structural requirements, including footings, foundations, slabs and walls.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Conform with requirements of the General Conditions, and more specifically the following:

1. Comply with California Building Code, 2022 edition.

2. Comply with applicable construction safety orders, latest edition, Federal and State OSHA.

3. Comply with applicable trench safety provisions, latest edition, Federal and State OSHA.

B. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.

2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.

3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.

C. Project/Site Conditions:

1. Be familiar with site and subsurface conditions.

2. Excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to sub-grade elevations indicated or necessary, regardless of character of materials and obstructions encountered.

3. Provisions for mitigation of wet soils due to seepage or rain shall be made during excavation and throughout construction. If wet soils are encountered within the swimming pool excavations, de-watering shall be provided and the Geotechnical Engineer shall make recommendations for moist soil mitigation.

4. Where slope instability is encountered, all excavations within those areas shall be 1:1 or flatter. Forming of vertical walls may be necessary, and all soil conditions shall be field verified by the Geotechnical Engineer.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL EXCAVATION
13 11 01 - 2

5. Contractor shall review the Geotechnical Investigation Report as furnished by the Owner to determine the suitability of the soils.

6. Refer to General Conditions, Articles 3.17 and 3.18.

D. Adverse Weather Conditions:

1. During the periods when site soil moisture content is substantially in excess of moisture content required for optimum compaction, do not perform fill compaction.

2. When unfavorable weather conditions necessitate interrupting filling and grading operations, prepare areas by compaction of surface and grading to avoid collection of water. Provide adequate temporary drainage to prevent erosion.

1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with requirements of Section 01 33 00. Requests for substitution shall conform to requirements of Article 1.10.A of Section 13 11 00.

B. Required submittals include:

1. Offsite fill material, if applicable.

C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.B of this Section.

1.04 EXCAVATING & TRENCHING, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to Section 01 50 00, Temporary Facilities and Controls.

B. All trenches, holes, etc. are to be completely protected using solid barricades, steel plates, and plywood both during construction and during off hours, including night time.

C. Flashing warning light barricades are required on sidewalks, roads, and any other critical areas that require night time protection.

D. Roads, paths and sidewalks shall not be blocked at any time or in any way. Trenching across roads, paths or sidewalks involves special instructions and review of the construction procedure by the Owner at least three (3) days prior to the Work actually being started.

E. Construction equipment, including all trucks, cars, etc. shall not be parked or driven on roads, paths or sidewalks. Items not allowed on roads, paths or sidewalks include hoses, power cords, ropes, construction materials, dirt and debris, etc.

F. All roads, paths and sidewalks must remain clear and the Contractor shall maintain temporary safe and effective pedestrian access at all times.

G. Drawings show existing major underground utilities using the best information available. The Contractor shall also fully check public works reference drawings prior to excavation. Call local Dig Alert to locate utilities to ensure safety.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL EXCAVATION
13 11 01 - 3
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. Fill Material, General: All material shall be subject to the review of the Geotechnical Engineer to determine acceptability.

B. On-site Fill Material: All on-site fill material shall be soil or soil-rock mixture which is free from organic matter and other deleterious substances; it shall contain no rocks or lumps over three (3) inches in greatest dimension and not more than fifteen percent (15%) of the rocks or lumps shall be larger than two (2) inches in greatest dimension. Material from the pool excavations may not be acceptable native fill material. A determination must be made before their use by the Geotechnical Engineer.

C. Imported Fill Material: All imported fill material shall meet the requirements of Paragraph

2.01(A) and 2.01(B) above and shall in addition, be predominately granular and nonexpansive, with a maximum particle size of three (3) inches.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION
A. Verify drawing dimensions and elevations with actual field conditions. Inspect related Work and adjacent surfaces and report discrepancies and conditions which prevent proper execution of the Work to the Owner’s Representative.

3.02 SUBGRADE IMPROVEMENTS
A. Clearing: Strip site area (as defined within the Drawings) of any topsoil containing vegetation, trees and roots, organic matter, and other debris, and dispose of as specified.

B. Placement of Fills: Place fill, consisting of approved soils, clean and free of all vegetation, debris, and rocks larger than three (3) inches, in uniform six (6) inch lifts. Fill to be compacted at optimum moisture to ninety-five percent (95%) maximum density with approved mechanical compaction equipment.

3.03 EXCAVATION
A. Checking Layout: Contractor shall, before commencing the excavation work, check all lines, stakes and levels for dimensions, angles, elevations and grades with the survey.

B. Over-Excavation:

1. Any overexcavation that may be required shall be per Geotechnical Engineering Report and subject to Geotechnical observation for any onsite conditions. Prior to placing fill, the subgrade exposed by the overexcavation should be scarified to a depth of at least eight (8) inches, moisture-conditioned to at least three percent (3%) above optimum moisture content, and compacted to at least ninety percent (90%) relative compaction.

2. Excavate for footings, foundations, grade beams and slabs to depths indicated on 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL EXCAVATION
13 11 01 - 4
Drawings. Elevations and depths of excavations shown on the Drawings shall govern and will be basis for bidding and execution of work except as otherwise may be directed by the Owner’s Representative. Greater or lesser quantities of excavation and backfill required by authorized instructions shall be adjusted in accordance with the General Conditions.

3. In areas where proposed swimming pool decking is anticipated, the site should be excavated to a depth of one (1) foot below existing grade and backfilled with compacted engineered fill. The intent of this recommendation is to remove soils susceptible to compressibility.

4. Except where extra excavation is directed by the Owner’s Representative or Geotechnical Engineer, excavations made to a greater depth or size than indicated or required shall be filled with concrete or shotcrete as specified in Sections 13 11 02 / 13 11 03.

C. Dimensions: Excavate to proper dimensions as shown, cut square and smooth with firm level bottoms. Prepared excavations shall be approved by Geotechnical Engineer. Excavations shall be free of loose or disturbed materials.

D. Excess Water Control: Keep all excavations free from standing water by pumping, draining or providing proper protection against water intrusion. If soil becomes soft, soggy or saturated, perform additional excavation to firm soil not affected by water.

E. Form Removal: Make all excavations of sufficient size to permit installation and removal of forms and all other required work.

F. Alternate Forming: Sides of structures may be formed by neat excavations where banks will stand without caving. If banks cave, provide forming as required and widen excavation to permit forming, bracing and inspection. Provide forming in conformance with Section 13 11 02 and all recognized safety standards. Form all grade beams.

G. Sand bags are not permitted to be used as forms.

3.04 BACKFILLING
A. Method: After concrete has been placed, forms removed and concrete work approved, backfill the excavations with earth to indicated or required grades. Carry on backfilling simultaneously on each side of walls or grade beams. Remove all rubbish and wood from the excavations before placing backfill.

B. Concrete Protection: Prior to placing any backfill, adequately cure all concrete and provide any bracing required to ensure the stability of the structure. Protect waterproofing and dampproofing against damage in a manner acceptable to the Owner’s Representative.

Remove bracing as backfill operations progress.

C. Material: Use the material from the excavations for backfilling, subject to approval by Soils Testing Agency. The earth shall be free from debris, large clods or stones.

D. Lifts: Place backfill in six (6) inch loose layers, bring to optimum moisture content and compact to ninety percent (90%) of maximum density, sloping down and away from the 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL EXCAVATION
13 11 01 - 5
structures being backfilled.

E. Moisture: Rigidly control the amount of water used to insure optimum moisture conditions for the type of fill material used. Excessive amounts of water causing saturation of earth will not be permitted. Compaction by flooding or jetting is prohibited.

3.05 GRADING
A. Slopes: Grade to finish grades indicated on Drawings, with uniform slopes between all points.

B. Subgrades: Blade to required grade and roll or tamp subgrades for exterior slabs, decks and paving.

3.06 CLEAN-UP
A. Disposal: Haul away rubbish, debris, and rocks from site promptly and dispose of legally.

Burning rubbish on site is prohibited.

B. Dust and Noise Abatement: During entire period of construction keep area and material being loaded sprinkled to reduce dust in air and annoyance to premises and surrounding property.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
13 11 02- 1
SECTION 13 11 02

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Forming for cast-in-place concrete and shotcrete associated with swimming pools.

B. Reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete and shotcrete associated with swimming pools.

C. Cast-in-place concrete for swimming pool structures. Do not use waterproofing admixture of any kind.

D. Provide labor, materials and equipment as required to install sealant for all pool deck expansion joints, or any other caulking, as indicated on the aquatic Drawings and herein specified.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.

2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years’ experience with the materials and methods specified.

3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.

B. Standards:

1. In addition to complying with the California Building Code (2022 edition), comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in “Guide to Formwork for Concrete" Publication ACI 347R-14 of the American Concrete Institute.

2. In addition to complying with California Building Code (2022 edition), comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in “Guide to Presenting Reinforcing Steel Design Details,” Publication ACI 315R-18 of the American Concrete Institute.

3. In addition to complying with all local codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in American Society for Testing and materials (ASTM); ASTM C 920 “Standard Specification for Elastometric Joint Sealants.” C. Tolerances: Construct all swimming pool concrete straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally and vertically of 1/8” in total distance.

1.03 SUBMITTAL AND SUBSTITUTIONS
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
13 11 02- 2
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00. Requests for substitution shall conform to requirements of Article 1.10.A of Section 13 11 00.

B. Samples and Certificates, Concrete Reinforcement:

1. Provide all data and access required for testing as described in Section 01 45 00 of the Specifications.

2. All material shall bear mill tags with heat number identification. Mill analysis and report shall be made available upon request.

3. Material not so labeled and identifiable may be required by the Owner to be tested by the testing laboratory selected by the Owner and at no additional cost to the Owner, in which case random samples will be taken for one series of tests from each 2-1/2 tons or fraction thereof of each size and kind of reinforcing steel.

4. Design mix from batch plant demonstrating previous use history and associated strengths at 28 days.

5. The Contractor shall submit a mix design stamped and signed by a licensed engineer for approval by the Owner’s Representative prior to any placement of concrete.

C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A of this Section.

D. Submit reinforcing shop drawings for pool walls, gutters, floors, dike walls and balance tank, etc. as shown on the construction drawing.

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.

B. Storage: Store materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project Site.

C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the swimming pool concrete before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.

D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 CONCRETE FORMWORK
A. Form Materials:

1. Form Lumber: All form lumber in contact with exposed concrete shall be new except as allowed for reuse of forms in Part 3 of this Section, and all form lumber shall be one of the following, a combination thereof, or an equal approved in advance by the Owner’s Representative.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
13 11 02- 3
a. "Plyform," Class I or II, bearing the label of the Douglas Fir Plywood Association; "Inner-Seal" Form as manufactured by Louisiana-Pacific, or approved equal. b. Douglas Fir-Larch, number two grade, seasoned, surfaced four sides.

2. Form Release Agent: Colorless, non-staining, free from oils; chemically reactive agent that shall not impair bonding of paint or other coatings intended for use.

B. Ties and Spreaders:

1. Type: All form ties shall be a type which do not leave an open hole through the concrete and which permits neat and solid patching at every hole.

2. Design: When forms are removed, all metal reinforcement shall be not less than two (2) inches from the finished concrete surface.

3. Wire Ties and Wood Spreaders: Do not use wire ties or wood spreaders.

C. Alternate Forming Systems: Alternate forming systems may be used subject to the advance approval of the Owner’s Representative.

2.02 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
A. Bars: Bars for reinforcement shall conform to “Specifications for Deformed Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,” ASTM A-615, Grade 60.

B. Wire Fabric: Wire fabric shall conform to “Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete”, ASTM A1064.

C. Tie Wire: Tie wire for reinforcement shall conform to “Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete”, ASTM A853 black annealed 16-gauge tie wire.

2.03 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Concrete:

1. All concrete, unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Owner’s Representative, shall be transit-mixed in accordance with ASTM C94. Concrete for water retaining structures that do not receive a waterproofing finish such as ceramic tile or swimming pool plaster shall receive a topical waterproofing finish.

2. The control of concrete production shall be under the supervision of a recognized testing agency, selected by the Owner in accordance with Section 01 25 00 of the Specifications.

3. Quality: All concrete shall have the following minimum compressive strengths at twentyeight (28) days and shall be proportioned within the following limits a. 4,000 psi minimum compressive strength for cast-in-place swimming pool structures. b. 1” maximum size aggregate.
c. 6.0 minimum sacks of cement per cubic yard. *
d. Maximum water to cement ratio of 0.40 minimum- 0.45 maximum. e. 4” maximum slump.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
13 11 02- 4
* For estimate only: to be determined by mix design.

4. Cement: All cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C-150, Type II or V and shall be the product of one manufacturer.

5. Aggregates:
a. Shall conform to “Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates,” ASTM C33, except as modified herein.
b. Coarse Aggregate: Clean sound washed gravel or crushed rock. Crushing may constitute not more than 30% of the total coarse aggregate volume. Not more than 5% flat, thin, elongated or laminated material nor more than 1% deleterious material shall be present. 1" aggregate graded from 1/4” to 1”, fineness modulus 6.90 to 7.40. 1-1/2” graded from ½” to 1-1/2”, fineness modulus 7.80 to 8.20. c. Fine Aggregate: Washed natural sand of hard, strong particles and shall contain not more than 1% of deleterious material, fineness modulus 2.65 to 3.05. d. Aggregate must be certified, non-expansive from a “known” good source.

6. Water: ASTM C1602 Clean, fresh, free from acid, alkali, organic matter or other impurities liable to be detrimental to the concrete (potable).

7. Admixtures: Admixtures shall be used upon approval of the Owner's Representative. a. Air-entraining admixture: Conform to ASTM C260.
b. Water-reducing admixture: Conform to ASTM C494.

B. Construction Joints: Use keyform for slab pour joints. Either preformed galvanized or PVC construction joint forms of a standard manufacturer may be used. Install per manufacturer's recommendations and tool edges of slabs.

C. Waterstops: PVC bulb-type for use between concrete pours / lifts, conforming with ASTM D 570, D 624, and D 638. Provide in configuration(s) as recommended by manufacturer for specific application. Greenstreak, W.R. Meadows, or approved equal.

D. Curing Materials:

1. Liquid Membrane (covered slab): Chlorinated rubber membrane forming, curing-sealing compound conforming to ASTM C309.

2. Liquid Membrane (exposed slab): Clear methyl and butyl methacrylate non-staining, membrane forming, curing-sealing compound conforming to ASTM C309.

E. Cement Grout and Drypack:

1. Cement Grout: Mix 1 part by volume of Portland Cement, 1/2 part by volume of water and fine aggregate enough to make mixture flow under its' own weight.

2. Drypack: Mix 1 part by volume of Portland Cement, 1/2 part by volume of water and fine aggregate enough to make a stiff mix that will mold into a ball. Mix no more than can be used in 30 minutes.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
13 11 02- 5

2.04 JOINT SEALANT MATERIALS
A. Caulking: Multipart, non-sag gun grade polyurethane based sealant meeting the requirements of ASTM C920-02, Type S or M, Mamemco International, Pecora, Sika Corp., Sonneborn Building Products, Tremco or approved equal. Self-leveling caulking materials are not allowed.

B. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.

C. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials.

D. Sealant Backer Rod: Provide compressible polyethylene or polyurethane backer rod as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.

E. Bond Breaker Tape: Provide polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer, to be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant.

F. Sand: Cover the surface of the caulking with #30 silica sand.

2.05 OTHER MATERIALS
A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for proper completion of the work of this Section, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to the advance review by the Owner’s Representative.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:

1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.

2. Verify that all Work may be constructed in accordance with all applicable codes and regulations, the referenced standards, the original design, and in accordance with site specific Geotechnical Report.

B. Discrepancies:

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.

2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.

3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive work.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
13 11 02- 6

3.02 CONCRETE FORMWORK
A. Construction of Forms:

1. General: Construct all required forms to be substantial, sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of concrete paste, and able to withstand excessive deflection when filled with wet concrete.

2. Layout:
a. Form for all required cast-in-place concrete to the shapes, sizes, lines and dimensions indicated on the Drawings.
b. Exercise particular care in the layout of forms to avoid necessity for cutting concrete after placement.
c. Make proper provisions for all openings, offsets, recesses, anchorages, blocking and other features of the Work as shown or required.
d. Perform all forming required for Work of other trades and do all cutting and repairing of forms required to permit such installation. e. Carefully examine the Drawings and Specifications and consult with other trades as required relative to providing for pipe and conduit penetrations, reglets, chases and other items in the forms.

3. Imbedded Items: Set all required steel frames, angles, bolts, inserts and other such items required to be anchored in the concrete prior to concrete being placed.

4. Bracings:
a. Properly brace and tie the forms together so as to maintain position and shape and to ensure safety to workmen.
b. Construct all bracing, supporting members and centering of ample size and strength to safely carry, without excessive deflection, all dead and live loads to which they may be subjected.
c. Properly space the forms apart and securely tie them together, using metal spreader ties that give positive tying and accurate spreading.

5. Wetting: Keep forms sufficiently wetted to prevent joints from opening up before concrete is placed.

B. Plywood Forms:

1. Design: Nail the plywood panels directly to studs and apply in a manner to minimize the number of joints.

2. Joints: Make all panel joints tight butt joints with all edges true and square.

C. Footing Forms:

1. Wood Forms: All footing forms shall be wood unless otherwise specifically approved by the Owner’s Representative, or as specified in paragraph 3.02(C)(2).

2. Earth Forms:
a. Side walls for footings may be of earth provided the soil will stand without caving 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
13 11 02- 7
and the sides of the bank are made with a neat cut to the minimum dimensions indicated on the Drawings.
b. For excavation and backfill of earth forms, conform with applicable provisions of Section 13 11 01.

D. Reuse of Forms:

1. Reuse of forms shall be subject to advance approval of the Owner’s Representative.

2. Except as specifically approved in advance by the Owner’s Representative, reuse of forms shall in no way delay or change the schedule for placement of concrete from the schedule obtainable if all forms were new.

3. Except as specifically approved in advance by the Owner’s Representative, reuse of forms shall in no way impart less structural stability to the forms nor less acceptable appearance to finished concrete.

E. Removal of Forms:

1. General:
a. In general, side forms of footings may be removed seven (7) days after placement of concrete, but time may be extended if deemed necessary by the Owner’s Representative.
b. Forms for footings, foundations, grade beams, slabs, walls, and other formed concrete may be removed fourteen (14) days after placement of concrete.

2. Removal:
a. Use all means necessary to protect workers, passersby, the installed Work of other trades and the complete safety of the structure.
b. Cut nails and tie wires or form ties off flush, and leave all surfaces smooth and clean.
c. Remove metal spreader ties on exposed concrete by removing or snapping off inside the wall surface and pointing up and rubbing the resulting pockets to match the surrounding areas.
d. Flush all holes resulting from the use of spreader ties and sleeve nuts using water, and then solidly pack throughout the wall thickness with cement grout applied under pressure by means of a grouting gun; grout shall be one part Portland Cement to 2-1/2 parts sand; apply grout immediately after removing forms.

3.03 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
A. Bending:

1. General:
a. Fabricate all reinforcement in strict accordance with the Drawings. b. Do not use bars with kinks or bends not shown on the Drawings. c. Do not bend or straighten steel in a manner that will injure the material. (When 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
13 11 02- 8
opposite end is already encased in concrete.)

2. Design:
a. Bend all bars cold.
b. Make bends for stirrups and ties around a pin having a diameter of not less than two (2) times the minimum thickness of the bar.
c. Make bends for other bars, including hooks, around a pin having a diameter of not less than six (6) times the minimum thickness of the bar.

B. Placing:

1. General: Before the start of concrete placement, accurately place all concrete reinforcement, positively securing and supporting by concrete blocks, metal chairs or spacers, or by metal hangers.

2. Clearance:
a. Preserve clear space between bars of not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) times the nominal diameter of the round bars.
b. In no case let the clear space be less than one and one-half (1-1/2) inches nor less than one and one-third (1-1/3) times the maximum size of the aggregate. c. Provide the following minimum concrete covering of reinforcement:
1) Concrete deposited against earth: three (3) inches minimum. 2) Concrete below grade deposited against forms: two (2) inches minimum. 3) Concrete elsewhere: As indicated on Drawings or otherwise approved by the Owner’s Representative.

3. Splicing:
a. Horizontal Bars:
1) Place bars in horizontal members with minimum lap at splices sufficient to develop the strength of the bars.
2) Bars may be wired together at laps except at points of support of the member, at which points preserve clear space described above. 3) Whenever possible, stagger the splices of adjacent bars. 4) Splice forty (40) bar diameters minimum.
5) Provide non-contact lap slices for shotcrete.
b. Wire Fabric: Make all splices in wire fabric at least one and one-half (1-1/2) meshes wide.
c. Other Splices: Make only those other splices that are indicated on the Drawings or specifically approved by the Owner’s Representative.

4. Dowels: Place all required steel dowels and securely anchor them into position before concrete is placed.

5. Obstructions: In the event conduits, piping, inserts, sleeves and other items interfere 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
13 11 02- 9
with placing reinforcement as indicated on the Drawings or otherwise required, immediately consult with the Owner’s Representative and obtain approval of a new procedure prior to placing concrete.

C. Cleaning Reinforcement: Steel reinforcement, at the time concrete is placed around it, shall be free from rust scale, loose mill scale, oil, paint and all other coatings which will destroy or reduce the bond between steel and concrete. Bend down all tie wire away from the top of the pool concrete. Maintain a 2” clear from top of concrete to the tie wire.

3.04 SHOTCRETE REINFORCEMENT
A. Shotcrete reinforcement shall be in accordance with the requirements of CBC 1908A and ACI 318-19, along with the provisions of ACI 506R and ACI 506.2. For parallel nonprestressed reinforcement in shotcrete members, the clear spacing between bars shall be at least the greater of 6 bar diameters and 2-1/2 in. Where two curtains of reinforcement are provided, the clear spacing between bars in the curtain nearer the nozzle shall be at least 12 bar diameters; the clear spacing between bars in the remaining curtain shall be at least the greater of 6 bar diameters and 2-1/2 in. Adequate encasement of bars larger than No. 5 shall be demonstrated by a preconstruction test shotcrete mockup panel.

B. Subject to the approval of the building official, it shall be permitted to use a clear spacing that does not meet the clear spacing provisions listed above provided that shotcrete mockup panels are used to demonstrate the proper reinforcement encasement in accordance with the following:

1. The shotcrete mockup panels shall be representative of the most complex reinforcement configurations to be encountered.

2. The licensed design professional shall specify the shotcrete mockup panel quantity, frequency of shooting per nozzleman and member type, and panel thickness to verify reinforcement encasement.

B. Non-contact lap splices for reinforcement in shotcrete shall have clear spacing in accordance with the following:

1. For No. 6 and smaller bars, the clear spacing between bars shall be at least greater of 6 bar diameters and 2-1/2” in.

2. For No. 7 and larger bars, the clear spacing shall be established using a shotcrete mockup panel to demonstrate that the reinforcement is properly encased.

Subject to the approval of the building official, contact lap splices for reinforcement in shotcrete shall be oriented with the plane of the spliced bars perpendicular to the surface of the shotcrete and approved by the licensed design professional based on a shotcrete mockup panel to demonstrate that the reinforcement is properly encased.

3.05 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Conveying and Placing Concrete:

1. Before placing concrete, mixing and conveying equipment shall be well cleaned, and the forms and space to be occupied by concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
13 11 02- 10
Ground water shall be removed until the completion of the work.

2. No concrete shall be placed in any unit of work until all formwork has been completely constructed, all reinforcement has been secured in place, all items to be built into concrete are in place, and form ties at construction joints tightened.

3. Concrete shall be conveyed from mixer to place of final deposit in such a way to prevent the separation or loss of ingredients. It shall be placed as nearly as practicable in its’ final position to avoid rehandling or flowing. Concrete shall not be dropped freely where reinforcing bars will cause segregation, nor shall it be dropped freely more than six (6) feet.

Use tremies, spouts and dump boxes in deep sections. Vibrators are not acceptable for facilitating concrete transport.

4. Concrete shall be tamped and spaded to insure proper compaction into all parts of forms and around reinforcement. A mechanical vibrator shall be used to thoroughly compact the concrete. Vibration must be by direct action in the concrete and not against forms or reinforcement.

5. Mixing and transport time as indicated in ASTM C94 is required. If air temperatures are between 85° and 90° F the delivery time is to be reduced to 75 minutes. When air temperatures are in excess of 90° F the delivery time should be reduced to 60 minutes.

6. Truck mixes without batch certificates will be rejected.

B. Construction Joints / Expansion Joints: Construction joints and expansion joints shall be provided at locations and in the manner shown on the Drawings. With exception of existing concrete / new shotcrete joints, use PVC bulb-type waterstops appropriate for design condition between all concrete pours / lifts to avoid cold joints. Waterstops shall be placed in such a way to protect reinforcing steel from rust and oxidation. All expansion joints must be the full depth of the concrete section in which they are located.

C. Slab Finishes: Concrete slabs shall be compacted and screeded uniformly to grades shown.

Push large aggregates below the surface with a screen tamper, screed and bull float. As soon as the surface becomes workable, it shall be wood floated, then finished as indicated on the Drawings to a uniform smooth, true surface in a neat and workmanlike manner. Carefully coordinate slab finish requirements with other trades (ceramic tile, pool plaster) to insure concrete finish is appropriate substrate for final finish material.

1. Pool Floor Slab: Heavy Wire Broom Finish.

D. Protection and Curing:

1. Concrete shall be protected from injurious action of the elements and defacement of any nature during construction.

2. All forms must be kept wet to prevent drying out of the concrete.

3. All concrete surfaces including footings must be kept wet for at least seven (7) days after concrete is placed.

4. Apply the appropriate curing materials, as specified in 2.03 of this Section, immediately after finishing slabs. Application shall be as specified by the manufacturer.

E. Form Removal:

1. Take care in removing forms so that surfaces are not marred or gouged and that corners 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
13 11 02- 11
are true, sharp and unbroken.

2. No steel spreaders, ties or other metal shall project from or be visible on any concrete surfaces.

F. Defective Work:

1. Should the strength of any concrete for any portion of the work indicated by tests of molded cylinders and core tests fall below minimum 28 days strength specified or indicated, concrete will be deemed defective work and shall be replaced.

2. Concrete work that is not formed as indicated, is not true to intended alignment, not plumb or level where so intended, not true to intended grades or elevations, not true to specified or selected finish, contains sawdust shavings, wood, or embedded debris, which exhibits cracks or contains fine or coarse sulfide particles, or expansive aggregates detrimental to performance or appearance of the concrete shall be deemed defective.

3. Promptly perform work required to replace and properly clean (by sandblasting if necessary) any defective concrete panels (control joint or expansion joint to control joint or expansion joint), at Contractor's expense, including all expense of additional inspection, tests, or supervision made necessary as a result of defective concrete.

3.06 EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Temperatures: Do not install sealants when air temperature is less than 40°F.

B. Tooling: Tool exposed joints to a slightly concave surface using slicking materials recommended by the manufacturer. The tooling procedure shall press sealant against the sides of the joint. No materials shall be left “feathered” out or smeared on the abutting materials. Completed joints shall have a uniform professional appearance.

C. Joint Construction: Sealant joint width, thickness and cross-sectional profile to be constructed in strict accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations.

D. Sand: At the appropriate time cover the sealant with sand to provide a sanded finish.

3.07 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediately remove all swimming pool concrete materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE
13 11 03 - 1
SECTION 13 11 03

SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide labor, materials and equipment as required to install structural wet mix shotcrete for swimming pool structures as indicated on the Drawings and herein specified.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.

2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.

3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.

B. Standards: Except as otherwise indicated, provide shotcrete per American Concrete Institute Standard ACI 506R, ACI 506.2, ACI 318-19 and the California Building Code (2022 edition).

C. Mix Design: The Contractor shall submit a mix design stamped and signed by a licensed engineer for approval by the Owner’s Representative prior to any placement of shotcrete. Mix design shall indicate source of aggregate and brands of cement and admixtures used. All mix designs shall take character of locally available aggregate into consideration and make adjustments as necessary to conform with specified design criteria.

D. Testing and Inspection: A test panel shall be shot, cured, cored or sawn, examined and tested (representing the most congested and difficult project scenario) prior to commencement of the project in accordance with ASTM C1140. All project conditions and personnel shall be represented in the test panel. Additionally, one test panel shall be provided for each 50 yards (or portion thereof) of shotcrete placed for each day or each nozzleman, whichever is greater.

The size of the strength test panel shall be per the direction of the Special Shotcrete Inspector.

At least three (3) cores shall be taken from each test panel. (At least three (3) cores shall be taken from the completed work for each day of shotcrete operation.) Testing shall be performed by the Owner’s designated Testing Lab and comply with Section ACI 318-19 and CBC 2022 1705A.3.9. Continuous inspection of the shotcrete operation by a deputy inspector provided by the Owner shall be required.

E. Tolerances: Construct all swimming pool shotcrete straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally of one in 200 and a tolerance vertically of one in 2000.

1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE
13 11 03 - 2
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and ACI 506.2.

Requests for substitution shall conform with requirements of Article 1.10.A of Section 13 11

00. B. Materials List: Within thirty (30) days after issuance of Notice to Proceed, and before shotcrete materials are delivered to the project site, submit to the Owner a complete list of materials proposed to be used in this portion of the Work, showing manufacturer's name and catalog number of all items such as admixtures and curing membranes, and the name and address of the supplier of cement and aggregate to be used.

C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A of this Section.

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect shotcrete materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.

B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner and at no additional cost to the Owner.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
A. Cement: Cement shall be Type 1 Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C150. Cement type shall be the same for all shotcrete work.

B. Aggregate: ASTM C33, washed hard dense durable clean sharp sand from approved pit, free of organic matter and opaline, feldspar, or silicous magnesium substances and containing not more than 3% by weight of deleterious substances. Maximum size aggregate for shotcrete is 3/8” per ACI 506R, Table 1.1.1. When tested for organic impurities by ASTM C40 method, fine aggregate color not darker than reference standard color. When tested for soundness by ASTM C88 method, grading No. 2 of ASTM C1436, loss after 5 cycles not over 10% of fine aggregate.

C. Water: Potable, clean, fresh, free from acid, alkali, organic matter or other impurities liable to be detrimental to the shotcrete.

D. Admixtures: Admixtures shall conform to ASTM C1141 and only be used upon approval of the Owner's Representative.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXECUTION
A. Inspection:

1. Prior to all Work of this Section carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE
13 11 03 - 3

2. Verify that items to be imbedded in shotcrete are in place and that shotcrete may be placed to the lines and elevations shown on the Drawings, with all required clearance from reinforcement.

B. Discrepancies:

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's Representative.

2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.

3. Failure to notify the Owner's Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive the Work.

3.02 PREPARATION
A. General:

1. Thoroughly clean all areas where shotcrete is to be placed to insure proper bonding of shotcrete.

2. Where shotcrete is to be placed against smooth surfaces (i.e., cast-in-place concrete), sandblast surfaces to receive shotcrete to provide clean aggregate surface, thereby insuring proper bond between materials.

B. Ground Wires: Adequate ground wires, to be used as screeds, shall be installed to establish the thickness and surface planes of the shotcrete work. Ground wires shall be placed so that they are tight and true to line and grade and in such a manner that they can be easily tightened.

3.03 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING
A. Accurately control proportion of water to Portland cement to produce thorough and uniform hydration of the shotcrete that, when shot, forms a homogeneous mass containing neither sags nor dry sand formation. Proportion by mass per ASTM C94 or by volume per ASTM C685.

B. Shotcrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 PSI at 28 days. Shotcrete material shall have a water/cement ratio of 0.40 minimum-0.45 maximum per ACI 506R, Chapter 6, Proportioning and Preconstruction Testing: Section 6.3.3, Wet Mix Process.

C. Discontinue shotcrete work if the time between the addition of mixing water to cement and aggregate, or cement to aggregates, and placement of shotcrete exceeds ninety (90) minutes when the ambient temperature is below 85 degrees Fahrenheit or exceeds sixty (60) minutes when the ambient temperature is above 85 degrees Fahrenheit. Batch, mix and deliver wetmixture shotcrete per ASTM C94 or C685.

D. Hot Weather Shotcreting – Unless otherwise specified, do not place shotcrete when shotcrete temperature is above 95°F, unless prequalification testing shows that the required quality of materials can be achieved at high temperatures. The temperature of reinforcement and receiving surfaces shall be below 90°F prior to shotcrete placement. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE
13 11 03 - 4
E. Cold Weather Shotcreting – Unless otherwise specified, shooting may proceed when ambient temperature is 40°F and rising. Stop shooting when ambient temperature is 40°F and falling, unless measures are taken to protect the shotcrete. Shotcrete material temperature, when shot, shall not be less than 50°F. Do not place against frozen surfaces.

3.04 SHOTCRETE PLACING, FINISHING, AND CURING
A. Operations: Utilize a standard type of air compressor, capable of providing a minimum of 250 cubic feet of air per minute per nozzle.

B. Placing: Except when shooting reinforcing, hold the nozzle perpendicular to and 2-1/2 to 3 feet from surface. At reinforcing bars, hold the nozzle so as to direct shotcrete behind the bars, and shoot each side of each bars separately. A nozzleman’s helper equipped with an air jet shall precede the nozzle and blow out rebound or sand lodged behind bars, on forms, or placed shotcrete. Placing shotcrete horizontal members from the top is not allowed unless approved methods are employed to eliminate all rebound. Material shall emerge from the nozzle in a uniform flow. If flow becomes intermittent for any reason, direct the nozzle away from the surface until the flow is again steady and constant. Do not reuse rebound or loose sand for any purpose.

C. Puddled Shotcrete: Use of “puddled shotcrete” in which the air pressure is reduced and the water content is increased to facilitate placing in difficult locations is not allowed. Do not place shotcrete where nozzle stream cannot impinge directly on the involved surface. Where difficult shooting conditions occur, obtain proper results by maintaining correct air pressure and water ratio and reduce supply of material.

D. Construction Joints: Form joints with sloping beveled edges. Clean and dampen the hardened joint surfaces before placing additional shotcrete. Square edged construction joints are not allowed. The film of laitance which forms on the surface of the shotcrete shall be removed within approximately two hours after application by brushing with a stiff broom. If this film is not removed within two hours, it shall be removed by thorough wire brushing or sand blasting.

Construction joints over eight hours old shall be thoroughly cleaned with air and water prior to receiving shotcrete.

E. Finishing: Rod exposed surfaces to true planes and lines on reaching the thickness and plane established by forms and ground wires. Tamp and wood float surfaces level and provide a rough raked finish. Carefully coordinate finish requirements with other trades (ceramic tile, pool plaster) to ensure shotcrete finish is appropriate substrate for final finish material.

F. Curing: Keep shotcrete continuously damp for not less than seven (7) days after placing. Use sealed curing sheeting or other approved curing method where water curing is not feasible.

Do not use curing compound of any kind.

3.05 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Cut out, remove and replace, or repair to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative, shotcrete not meeting minimum strength, not true, plumb or level, not to required elevations, containing cracks detrimental to performance or appearance, containing shavings, debris or with honeycombs or voids.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE
13 11 03 - 5
B. Promptly perform Work required to repair, patch, replace, render properly cleaned surfaces (by sandblasting if necessary) or otherwise make good any defective shotcrete at Contractor's expense, including all expense of additional inspection, tests, or supervision made necessary as a result of defective shotcrete.

3.06 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediately remove all swimming pool shotcrete materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this work to the approval of the Owner's Representative.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE
13 11 04 - 1
SECTION 13 11 04

SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Swimming pool ceramic tile detailed on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Waterline Tile (Rim Flow Pool).

2. Gutter Bullnose Tile (Rim Flow Pool).

3. Bond Beam/Waterline Tile (Rim Flow Pool).

4. Lane Line / Target Tile

5. Existing Depth / Caution Marker Tile (on Deck):

6. Depth/Caution Marker Tile (Rim Flow Pool).

7. Trim Tile (at underwater steps and 4’-6” depth).

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.

2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.

3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.

B. Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations:

1. Manufacture of all tile shall be in accordance with ANSI A-137.1-1976.

2. Install ceramic tile in accordance with the recommendations contained in the 2025 “Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation” of the Tile Council of America, Inc.

C. Tolerances: Install all swimming pool ceramic tile straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally and vertically of 1/8”. Waterline and gutter bullnose tile shall be level to 1/8” (+/- 1/16”) around entire perimeter of swimming pools.

1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00. Requests for substitution shall conform to requirements of Article 1.10.A of Section 13 11 00.

B. Samples: Submit samples of each color and pattern in the specified groups. Character samples can be representative for review prior to screening of actual tile. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE
13 11 04 - 2
C. Master Grade Certificate: Prior to opening ceramic tile containers, submit a Master Grade Certificate, signed by the manufacturer of the tile used and issued when the shipment is made, stating the grade, kind of tile, identification marks for the tile containers, and the name and location of the Project.

D. Specifications: Submit manufacturer's recommended installation specifications for the Work.

E. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A of this Section.

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.

B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site.

C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool ceramic tile before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.

D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 TILE
A. Waterline Face Tile: (Rim Flow Pool)

1. Material: All waterline face tile shall be glazed ceramic tile (Group III standard) as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.

2. Size: 1 x 1 inches.

3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-621, 'Nautical Blue'. Contact Kylee Midura [email protected] (858) 344-0019.

B. Gutter Bullnose Tile: (Rim Flow Pool)

1. Material: Group 4 quality, frost proof unglazed porcelain mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.

2. Size: 1 x 2 inches (#C-701).

3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-621, 'Nautical Blue'.

C. Bond Beam / Waterline Tile: (Rim Flow Pool)

1. Material: Group 4 quality, frost proof unglazed porcelain mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.

2. Size: 1 x 1 inches.

3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-621, 'Nautical Blue'.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE
13 11 04 - 3
D. Lane Line / Target Tile:

1. Material: Group 4 quality, frost proof unglazed porcelain mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.

2. Size: 1 x 1 inches.

3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-311, 'Black’ and Dal-Tile #D-621, 'Nautical Blue'.

E. Existing Depth / Caution Marker Tile (Rim Flow Pool Deck):

1. Material: Group 4 quality, frost proof unglazed porcelain mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.

2. Size: 1 x 1 inches.

3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-311, 'Black' letters and numbers on #D-014 ‘Desert Gray’ field.

4. Replace any lost or damaged tiles
F. Depth / Caution Marker Tile (Rim Flow Pool):

1. Material: Group 4 quality, frost proof unglazed porcelain mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.

2. Size: 1 x 1 inches.

3. Color: Integral color throughout the body of the tile #D-014 'Light Gray' numbers and letters on #D-621 ‘Nautical Blue’ field.

G. Trim Tile: (on underwater steps and 4’-6” depth)

1. Material: Group 3 quality, frost proof unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal.

2. Size: 1 x 1 inches, with S-812 quarter round.

3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-621, 'Nautical Blue'.

2.02 MORTAR
A. Laticrete 3701 fortified mortar #LCR-37-1017.

B. Water: From a potable source.

C. Mortar shall meet ASTM C627.

2.03 WATERPROOFING
A. Laticrete HYDRO BAN
B. Install per manufacturer’s recommendations with other Laticrete products as listed.

2.04 THIN SET MORTAR
A. Laticrete 254 Platinum. Laticrete, Custom or equal.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE
13 11 04 - 4
B. Water from a potable source.

C. Mortar shall meet ASTM C627.

2.05 GROUT
A. All tile grout shall be waterproof grout complying with the recommendations of referenced standards. Grout color shall be grey for dark backgrounds, white for light backgrounds (verify colors with Architect). Grout shall be per Laticrete Spectralock Pro Premium Epoxy Grout installed per manufacturer recommendations.

2.06 OTHER MATERIALS
A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of ceramic tile as indicated on the Drawings, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds, and subject to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:

1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.

2. Verify that ceramic tile can be installed in accordance with the original design and all referenced standards.

B. Discrepancies:

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.

2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.

3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive its Work.

3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Method:

1. Install all ceramic tile in strict accordance with installation method P601-90 of the 2025 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation of the Tile Council of America, Inc.

2. Be certain to install all ceramic tile perfectly level, flush, plumb, and to the finish grades and elevations indicated on the Drawings.

B. Interface:
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE
13 11 04 - 5

1. Carefully establish and follow the required horizontal and vertical elevations to insure proper and adequate space for the work and materials of other trades.

2. Coordinate and cooperate as required with other trades to insure proper and adequate interface of ceramic tile Work with the Work of other trades.

3.03 GROUTING
A. Follow grout manufacturer's recommendations as to grouting procedures and precautions.

B. Remove all grout haze, observing grout manufacturer's recommendations as to use of acid and chemical cleaners.

3.04 EXTRA STOCK
A. Provide one (1) unopened box of extra tile for 2.01A, 2.01B, 2.01C and 2.01F for Owners use at a future time.

3.05 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the swimming pool ceramic tile installation, thoroughly clean and polish the exposed surfaces of tile work. Completely clean work area of debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work and dispose of to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
13 11 05 - 1
SECTION 13 11 05

SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Swimming pool plaster and waterproofing of swimming pool structures as indicated on the Drawings and herein specified.

B. Start-up and operation instructions to Owner’s operations and maintenance personnel and properly balance swimming pool water chemistry until the Owner takes occupancy.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.

2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.

3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.

B. Standards: Swimming pool plaster shall conform with requirements of Chapter 31B of California Building Code, 2022 edition. In addition, meet requirements of applicable portions of most current edition of the “Technical Manual,” National Plasterers Council, Wauconda, Illinois.

C. Start-up:

1. Furnish a swimming pool water chemistry consultant, with a minimum of five (5) years experience, possessing either AFO (Aquatic Facility Operator) or CPO (Certified Pool Operator) certification(s), to supervise and properly balance swimming pool water chemistry.

2. Demonstrate to the Owner that all systems are fully operational and that calcium hardness, total alkalinity, chlorine residual and pH levels are within specified limits.

3. Standards: Furnish labor and chemicals as required to condition the water properly to the following specifications:
a. Calcium Hardness: 200-400 parts per million (PPM)
b. Total Alkalinity: 80-100 PPM
c. Chlorine Residual:1.00 to 2.0 PPM
d. pH Factor: 7.2 to 7.6

1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
13 11 05 - 2
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00. Requests for substitution shall conform with requirements of Article 1.10.A of Section 13 11 00.

B. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A and 1.02.C.1 of this Section.

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.

B. Storage: Store materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project Site.

C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the swimming pool plaster before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.

D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner.

1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. No plastering shall be done under unsuitable conditions of weather or temperature. No plastering shall be done when prevailing temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit or less.

B. Do not install plaster during rain and, if rain commences after plastering has begun, immediately protect the plaster from rain by all means necessary until the plaster has set.

C. Do not install plaster during wind greater than 10 mph and, if wind commences after plastering has begun, immediately protect the plaster from wind by all means necessary until the plaster has set.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 CEMENT / AGGREGATE
A. Luna Quartz® tiny pebble finish by Wet Edge Technologies. Altima® quartz finish by Wet Edge Technologies. Pebble-Fina® pool finish by Pebble Technologies. Wet Edge Technologies, Pebble Technologies, Commercial Quartz or equal.

2.02 COLOR
A. All swimming pool plaster shall be white in color. Wet Edge Technologies shall be Luna Quartz® “Polar White”. Wet Edge Technologies shall be Altima® “White”. Pebble Technology shall be Pebble-Fina® “Classico”. Commercial Quartz ‘Commercial White’. Contractor to obtain written approval on selected pebble color from the local Health Department prior to installation. Submit cut sheet, color sample and written approval for review by Architect and Owner.”

2.03 WATER
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
13 11 05 - 3
A. Water for swimming pool plaster shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of acid, alkali, and organics.

2.04 GUTTER, PUMP PIT, BACKWASH PIT & SURGE CHAMBER WATERPROOFING A. Xypex Concentrate, Miracote Miraflex Membrane C, Hycrete Waterproofing System or approved equal. Mix and apply per manufacturer’s recommendations for specific application. Color shall be Gray.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:

1. Prior to Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation can properly commence.

2. Verify that swimming pool plaster can be installed in accordance with the original design and all referenced standards, including proprietary application techniques and application training/certifications.

B. Discrepancies:

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's Representative.

2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.

3. Failure to notify the Owner's Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive the Work.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF GUTTER, PUMP PIT, BACKWASH PIT & SURGE CHAMBER WATERPROOFING A. Provide two (2) coats of the specified gutter and surge chamber waterproofing prior to plastering the swimming pool. Prepare surfaces to receive waterproofing and cure in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide steel trowel application method to ensure uniform smooth, dense surface finish.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF POOL PLASTER
A. Outdoor Pools or Spas:

1. Completion of other work: DO NOT commence plastering of swimming pool(s) or spa(s) until the following conditions have been met:
a. The Health Department and/or other governing agencies have approved the pool(s) and/or spas) for plaster.
b. All concrete pool deck construction is complete and the pool decks have been thoroughly cleaned.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
13 11 05 - 4
c. All landscaping in areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s) is complete and the landscape irrigation system is operable.
d. All painting in the pool area is complete.
e. All welding and grinding in locations adjacent to the pool area are complete. f. The backwash sewer connection is complete.
g. Pool(s) and/or spa(s) area(s) perimeter fencing installation is complete. h. All trash and debris have been removed from areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s), particularly those areas that are normally upwind from the pool(s) or spa(s). i. All dust raising construction and/or activities in areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s) are complete or mitigated.
j. The circulation pump(s) is/are operational.
k. The mechanical system has been flushed sufficiently to remove all dirt and debris from the piping system.
l. All necessary chemicals (Chorine, pH adjuster, Sodium Bicarbonate and Calcium Chloride or any other required chemicals) are on site and ready for use. m. Obtain written approval from the Owner and the Architect.

B. Indoor Pools or Spas:

1. Completion of Other Work: DO NOT commence plastering of swimming pool(s) or spa(s) until the following conditions have been met:
a. The Health Department has approved the pool(s) and/or spa(s) for plaster. b. All work above the pool(s) and/or spa(s) is complete. c. All painting in the pool area is complete.
d. All welding and grinding in locations adjacent to the pool area are complete. e. The backwash sewer connection is complete.
f. All concrete pool deck construction is complete and the pool decks have been thoroughly cleaned.
g. The circulation pump(s) is/are operation.
h. The mechanical system has been flushed sufficiently to remove all dirt and debris from the piping system.
i. All necessary chemicals (Chlorine, Acid, Sodium Bicarbonate and Calcium Chloride) are on site and ready to use.
j. Obtain written approval from the Owner and the Architect.

C. Contractor accepts all liability from damage done to the pool plaster if the pool(s) or spa(s) is (are) plaster before the completion of the above listed items or without the written approval of the Owner and the Architect.

D. POOL PLASTER AUTHORIZATION FORM:

1. The pool(s) and or spa(s) at Brawley Lions Pool is/are hereby approved for the installation of the pool plaster. Pursuant to the requirements of specification section 13 11 05, paragraph 3.03.

Owner Date
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
13 11 05 - 5
Architect / Project Manager Date
E. Preparation:

1. Do not apply plaster over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces or conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable plaster finish.

2. Consult with manufacturer on application to specific surfaces being treated. Follow manufacturer's recommendation for curing of cast-in-place concrete or shotcrete surfaces prior to application of plaster.

3. Protect ceramic tile, decking, deck equipment, gratings, fittings and other items by suitable covering or masking.

4. Mask or remove all hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place not to receive pool plaster. Following completion of plaster for each space or area remove masking. Re-install all removed items utilizing workers skilled in the trades involved.

F. Application:

1. Finish shall be applied to a ½” minimum thickness over the entire surface. The walls shall be scratch-coated followed by a finish coat. Material applied to the floor after the walls have been applied shall be accelerated to assure uniform setting time throughout the pool surface.

2. Float the plaster to a uniform plane and trowel to a smooth, dense, impervious surface using extreme care to avoid stains.

3. Take special care in finishing around pool fittings, making sure to mask off or plug openings so as not to fill such openings with excess plaster. Be certain to completely enclose pool fittings with plaster to insure a leak-proof seal around pipes, fittings, lights, anchors, etc.

4. Accurately interface with the finish planes of items installed by other trades.

5. Quartz and pebble plaster finish is to be applied by a licensed applicator as approved by the manufacturer, and in accordance with manufacturer’s training.

3.04 CURING
A. Preparation: Anticipate the need for required equipment and have all such equipment immediately available for use upon completion of pool plastering.

B. Pool Filling:

1. After the plaster has sufficiently dried and before drying has proceeded to a damaging point, cure the plaster by gradually filling the pool with water, preventing all damage to finished plaster surfaces.

2. Flow the water continuously until the pool is filled.

3. When the weather is hot and/or water pressure is low, keep the pool walls damp while the pool is filling.

4. Coordinate with Contractor to ensure that the pool is continuously monitored while filling to 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
13 11 05 - 6
prevent overfill.

3.05 EQUIPMENT ACTIVATION
A. All water chemistry and filtration mechanical equipment shall be operational upon filling of pool after plaster. Chemicals and other related support items as supplied by Contractor, shall be in supply at start-up.

B. For the first fourteen (14) calendar days after completion of the pool plaster, brush all plastered surfaces at least twice a day and coordinate with General Contractor to ensure that the plaster is carefully maintained after the initial fourteen day period. In addition, coordinate with the Contractor to ensure that pool filtration equipment is continuously running during the initial fourteen day period.

C. Start-up and provide qualified personnel to operate pool equipment for a period not less than fourteen (14) days after the pool is placed in operation, or until the Owner takes occupancy of the facility or letter of substantial completion. During this time, Contractor shall instruct and supervise the Owner's personnel in the various operating and maintenance techniques involved. Contractor shall be responsible for supply of chemicals during this not less than fourteen (14) day period and at time of turnover to Owner, chemical storage tanks shall be full. (Owner's personnel shall be fully trained and capable of assuming swimming pool maintenance tasks, training may begin before Owner takes occupancy).

3.06 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of swimming pool plaster, remove all materials, equipment and debris occasioned by this Work and leave the job site in a clean and presentable condition. Perform all such clean-up to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

3.07 WARRANTY
A. All applicators must provide a minimum of five (5) year warranty for application and workmanship additional to the manufacturer’s warranty for product.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT
13 11 06 - 1
SECTION 13 11 06

SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Swimming pool equipment items required for this Work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.

2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.

3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.

B. All equipment supplied or work performed shall comply with regulations governing public swimming pools and spas as contained within Chapter 31 of California Building Code, 2022 edition.

1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00. Requests for substitution shall conform with requirements of Article 1.10.A of Section 13 11 00.

B. Required submittals include:

1. Swimming Pool Fittings as specified in Article 2.01 of this Section.

C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A of this Section.

D. The equipment shown on the plans represent the first listed items in the technical specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for all required field coordination and installation of any approved equal product to provide a fully working and warranted system.

The Contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings for any products used other than the first listed specified items. Contractor provided shop drawings shall include details and quality equal to the original plans and construction documents. The Contractor shall provide any and all required engineering including but not limited to structural and anchorage requirements for any proposed equipment other than the first listed specified equipment. The Contractor is responsible to provide a factory certified representative(s) to start-up and provide on-site training for all swimming pool mechanical equipment provided. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT
13 11 06 - 2

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool equipment items before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work specified in other Sections.

B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 FITTINGS
A. Main Drain SUMP & Grate (18” x 36” inch) Daldorado, Model #Dalmax-SG-1836 two (2) required. ‘Hayward’ 1-1/2” collector tubes #SP1056 and ‘Hayward’ 1-1/2” hydrostatic relief valves #SP1055, one per main drain sump. Contractor shall provide to the Owner a Certificate of Compliance, signed by a licensed design professional, for main drain sump(s) and frame(s) and grate(s), as required by the Virginia Graeme Baker Act.

B. Floor Return Inlet 1-1/2” Adjustable: StaRite #08417-0000, United Industries, or approved equal.

Fourty (44) required.

C. Additive Alternate: Swimming Pool Underwater Lights: Jandy niched white LED lights #WPHV5LS100 large white LED LIGHT, 120V 500 kelvin, 65 watt bulb, 100’ cord (field verify cord length prior to ordering). Provide stainless steel pro niche by ‘Jandy’ #SSNICLRG1R. Jandy, Pentair, or approved equal.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:

1. Prior to installing the items of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.

2. Verify that the swimming pool equipment items may be installed in strict accordance with original design, pertinent codes and regulations, and the manufacturers' recommendations.

B. Discrepancies:

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.

2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies are fully resolved.

3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Installer of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive its Work.

3.02 INSTALLATION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT
13 11 06 - 3
A. Supply and install items of swimming pool equipment in strict accordance with applicable codes and regulations, the original design, and the manufacturer's published recommendations, anchoring firmly and securely for long life under hard use.

B. Coordinate with other trades to insure all imbedded items are set plumb and flush. Railing ends must have anchor sockets and escutcheon plates. Be certain that deck equipment and railings are properly bonded prior to imbedding.

C. All equipment shall be braced and/or anchored to resist a horizontal force acting in any direction using the criteria shown on the Drawings.

3.03 INSTRUCTION
A. The Contractor shall provide a factory certified representative(s) to start-up and certify proper installation, operation and full warranty status of all swimming pool mechanical equipment. The Contractor shall provide not less than two 8-hour days of on-site training for facility staff in the operation and maintenance of the swimming pool mechanical equipment and systems. The two 8-hour days shall be separated by a minimum of seven calendar days and be completed within the 14-day start-up period.

3.04 EQUIPMENT ACTIVATION
A. All water chemistry and filtration mechanical equipment shall be operational upon filling of pool after plaster. Chemicals and other related support items as supplied by Contractor, shall be in supply at start-up.

B. For the first fourteen (14) calendar days after completion of the pool plaster, brush all plastered surfaces at least twice a day and coordinate with General Contractor to ensure that the plaster is carefully maintained after the initial fourteen day period. In addition, coordinate with the Contractor to ensure that pool filtration equipment is continuously running during the initial fourteen day period.

C. Start-up and provide qualified personnel to operate pool equipment for a period not less than fourteen (14) days after the pool is placed in operation, or until the Owner takes occupancy of the facility or letter of substantial completion. During this time, Contractor shall instruct and supervise the Owner's personnel in the various operating and maintenance techniques involved. Contractor shall be responsible for supply of chemicals during this not less than fourteen (14) day period and at time of turnover to Owner, chemical storage tanks shall be full. (Owner's personnel shall be fully trained and capable of assuming swimming pool maintenance tasks, training may begin before Owner takes occupancy).

3.05 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of swimming pool equipment, remove all debris, materials and equipment occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
13 11 07 - 1
SECTION 13 11 07

SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Swimming pool mechanical piping as indicated on the Drawings for circulation and filtration systems, pool water heating systems, chemical control systems, booster pump systems and appurtenances.

B. Domestic water system from points of connection within swimming pool mechanical equipment room to make-up water system.

C. Filter backwash piping to point of connection with backwash retention pit as required.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.

2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.

3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.

B. Standards:

1. All equipment supplied or work performed shall comply with Chapter 31 of California Building Code,2022edition.

2. Work shall be performed in accordance with the applicable editions of all National, State and local codes, laws, regulations and ordinances, including the following:
a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
b. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM).
c. American Waterworks Association (AWWA).
d. American Welding Society (AWS).

3. Do not construe anything in the Drawings or Specifications to permit Work not conforming to these requirements.

1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00. Requests for substitutions shall conform with requirements of Article 1.10.A of Section 13 11 00. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
13 11 07 - 2
B. Required submittals include:

1. Pipe and Fittings as specified in Article 2.02 of this Section.

2. Valves as specified in Article 2.03 of this Section.

3. Pressure / Vacuum Gauges as specified in Article 2.04 of this Section.

4. Pipe Hangers and Supports as specified in Article 2.05 of this Section.

5. Sleeves and Waterstops as specified in Article 2.06 of this Section.

C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A of this Section.

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.

B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site.

C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool mechanical items before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.

D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner and at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.05 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Cooperate with entities performing Work specified in other Sections to so that no conflict of new construction or occupied space may occur. Should any installation Work be done without such craft coordination, that Work so installed shall be removed and re-installed.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PRODUCT QUALITY
A. Materials and equipment shall be new, of the best quality for the purpose intended, and shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer's name and nameplate data or stamp and rating. As far as practicable, materials and equipment shall be of one manufacturer.

2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. PVC Schedule 40: Type 1, normal impact, NSF approved for solvent welding applications, ASTM Specification D-1785, color shall be white. Dura, Lasco, or approved equal.

B. PVC Schedule 80: Type 1, normal impact, NSF approved for solvent welding applications, ASTM Specification D-1785, color shall be gray. Dura, Lasco, or approved equal.

C. CPVC Schedule 80 Influent/Effluent Heater Piping: Type 1, normal impact, NSF approved for solvent welding applications, ASTM Specification D-1785, color shall be gray. Dura, or Lasco. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
13 11 07 - 3
D. Cold plunge piping shall be schedule 80 throughout, from the cold plunge to the pool mechanical room. Install insulation on all cold-water PVC schedule 80 piping. Provide NBR/PVC closed-cell pipe insulation, pre-slit, pre-glued with overlap, ¾” wall thickness with a temperature range between -70° to 220°F for schedule 80 PVC pipe. Install pipe insulation per the manufacturer’s recommendations.

E. PVC SDR35: Conforming to ATSM D-1784, use with epoxy coated bell and spigot-type fittings or epoxy coated mechanical joint by flange adapters with epoxy coated cast iron fittings as specified in Article 2.02 (G), below. Johns-Manville "Big Blue", Diamond Plastics, or approved equal.

F. Copper Tubing: ASTM Specification B-88, hard drawn, with ANSI Standard B16.22 wrot copper fittings.

G. Steel: ASTM Specification A-120, Schedule 40 black or galvanized pipe with ASTM A-47 150 lb. banded malleable iron threaded fittings.

H. Cast Iron: ASTM Specification B16.1, cast iron flanged fittings, provide epoxy coating as required for use with chlorinated water.

2.03 VALVES
A. Ball Valves:

1. For pool system: True-Union design, PTFE seat material with FPM or FKM Double Oring stem seals, locking handle, NSF certified. PVC schedule 80 body for below grade installation. PVC Schedule 80 body for above grade installation. Furnish ball valves on all pip diameters 2 ½” or less with a rating of at least 200psi at 73° F, Asahi, Ipex or Nibco.

2. For copper pipe system: 3-piece full-port Bronze body valve with Teflon seat, ‘Apollo’, ‘Nibco’ or approved equal.

B. Butterfly Valves:

1. Epoxy coated cast or ductile iron body, 316 stainless steel disc and stem, viton seat material, furnish hand wheel/gear operators on all valves 8" and larger. DeZurick, Keystone, Ipex or equal.

2. PVC body, PVC disc and EPDM construction suitable for chlorinated water applications.

Stem shall be of 316 stainless steel and non-wetted. Valves shall be self-gasketed design with a convex sealing arrangement. Valves 1-1/2” – 10” shall be rated to 150 psi and 12” valves shall be rated to 100 psi at 70°F. Asahi Pool-Pro, no known equal.

C. Check Valves: Wafer-type, epoxy coated cast or ductile iron body, 316 stainless steel plates and shaft, viton seat material. Centerline, Metraflex, or approved equal.

D. Surge Chamber Float Valve: EPD #2-0020-019 Float Control Valve, " line size, as manufactured by Environmental Products Division of Doughboy Recreational, Rancho 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
13 11 07 - 4
Cucamonga, CA, no known equal.

E. Surge Chamber Isolation Valve: Butterfly valve, tapped lug style, bronze body, stainless steel stem, bronze disc, phenolic back-up ring, EPT seat material. Provide stainless steel shaft extension, shaft housing and tool operator located 2’-0” above floor level with deck access grate as required. DeZurick, Keystone, Asahi, Spears, Ipex or approved equal.

F. RP Backflow Preventer: Febco #835-B for 2" and smaller; #825 for 2-1/2" and larger. Febco, Watts, or approved equal.

G. Make-up Water Control: Cla-Val make-up water control valve with ductile iron body/cover, bronze trim, globe pattern, Buna-N rubber seals. Pilot system materials to consist of bronze/brass with stainless steel wetted parts and Buna-N rubber seals.

System to include: 100-01 Hytrol valve, CF1-C1KX float control, X46A flow clean strainers, and copper tubing with brass fittings. Float linkage and float rod shall be PVC and brass.

Base plate shall be 316 stainless steel. The plastic float shall be provided with 8’ PVC rod and stops and a brass counter weight. Provide model #124-01AKX available KSI (714) 754-044.

2.04 PRESSURE / VACUUM GAUGES
A. Furnish and install pressure and vacuum gauges on the discharge and suction sides of all pumps. 2” or 2 1/2" diameter dial, bottom connection, chrome ring, shut-off cock and snubber.

Ranges shall be selected to indicate between mid-point and two-thirds of maximum range under design conditions. Marsh, Trerice, or approved equal.

2.05 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. General:

1. The requirements of this Section relates to various requirements of the Agreement, General and Supplementary Conditions, Specifications, Drawings, and modifying documents which are part of the Construction Contract. Responsibility for coordination of all such applicable requirements will be that of the Contractor.

B. Description:

1. This section provides guidelines and limitations for the support of all mechanical, electrical, plumbing or architectural items from the building structure, and for the seismic bracing of such items.

2. Design and install all support and bracing systems as required for the swimming pool systems. Provide for attachment to portions of the building structure capable of bearing the loads imposed. Design these systems to not overstress the building structure.

C. Quality Assurance:

1. Design and install all support systems to comply with the requirements of the 2022 California Building Code, Chapter 16A.

2. Seismic bracing is to be designed by a professional engineer licensed in the State of 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
13 11 07 - 5
California.

D. Submittals:

1. Submit shop drawings for all substructures and attachment methods.

2. Submit proposed alternative methods of attachment for review and approval by the Architects, prior to deviating from the requirements given below.

3. For all pipe hangers and support systems, submit structural calculations and details which include all resultant forces applied to the building structure and are prepared and signed by the Contractor’s licensed California professional engineer. Calculations will be reviewed for compliance with design criteria, not for arithmetic.

E. Materials:

1. Use Kin-Line, Grinnel, or approved equal.

2. Support all pipelines individually with hangers, each branch having at least one hanger.

Lateral brace as noted and required.

3. Support piping near floor with steel stanchions welded to end plates secured to pipe and floor.

4. Support vertical piping at each floor level. Install coupling in piping at each support.

Coupling shall rest on and transmit load to support. Isolate copper from steel supports with vinyl electrician's tape around pipe and coupling.

5. Use Stoneman "Trisolator," Unistrut, or approved equal, isolators at each hanger and other support points on bare copper tubing system.

6. For PVC pipe, space hangers four (4) feet apart for pipe sizes 1" and under, five (5) feet apart for pipe sizes 1-1/4" to 2", and six (6) feet apart for pipe sizes over 2". Space hangers for horizontal pipes at a maximum of six (6) feet for copper 2" and smaller and for steel 1-1/4" and smaller; ten (10) feet for copper 2-1/2" and larger and for steel 1-1/2" and larger.

7. Size hanger rods, screws, bolts, nuts, etc., according to manufacturer's sizing charts.

8. Trapeze hangers may be used for parallel lines.

9. Use galvanized or stainless steel hangers, attachments, rods, nuts, bolts, and other accessories in pool mechanical room, high humidity areas, or where exposed to weather. Hot dip galvanize all items which are not factory furnished. Plating for hinged movements must be done at the factory.

10. Lateral Bracing: To prevent swaying of the piping systems, provide angle iron bracing and anchor into wall or overhead framing. Piping shall be braced or anchored in such a way as to resist a horizontal force of 50% of its operating weight in any direction.

11. Do not use wire or other makeshift devices for hangers.

12. Furnish all substructures and fasteners required to comply with the limitations given below. Use material as specified in the various sections and as appropriate to their use.

13. Install stainless steel or FRP Unistrut, pipe clamps/hangers, supports/bracing with stainless steel hardware in the chemical storage rooms, surge/balance tanks, or any other corrosive environment.

F. Guidelines & Limitations:

1. Each Contractor will coordinate the load requirements from all subcontractors so that no combination of loads overstresses the building structure or exceed the limitations given 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
13 11 07 - 6
below.

2. Concrete Structure:
a. Support all loads hung from concrete structure with cast-in-place inserts, unless drilled-in anchors are specifically approved in writing prior to placing the concrete. b. Concrete anchors must not penetrate into reinforcing bars. Where the anchors boring indicates the presence of reinforcing bar, patch hole with an epoxy type grout and relocate anchor 12 diameters away.
c. Individual expansion anchors cannot support any loads greater than 300 pounds or manufacturer’s specified load capacity without approval.

3. Steel Structure:
a. Hang no more than 20 pounds per metal deck rib in any span. b. At beams, hang all beam loads greater than 40 pounds concentric to beam, not off the flanges.
c. Attached no loads to the beams or girders greater than the following without specific approval from the architect;
i. Roof beams and girders: 300 pound point load or 600 pound total load for a single span.

G. Seismic Bracing:

1. Design and install seismic bracing to not ground out vibration and sound isolation systems.

2. All items of mechanical and electrical equipment 60” or more in height are to be seismically braced whether such bracing is shown or not.

2.06 SLEEVES AND WATERSTOPS
A. Provide sleeves where work of this Section passes through fire rated partitions, floors and ceilings, concrete slabs or exterior of structure. Caulk clearance space using sealant appropriate for application in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and Title 24 of California Code of Regulations. 3m, Dow Corning, or approved equal. In lieu of sleeves and caulking, "Link Seal" products may be used.

B. Provide prefabricated waterstops as indicated on the Drawings at all pipe penetrations through structures containing stored water (i.e., swimming pools, balance/surge tanks, etc.) to insure leak-proof seals.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
13 11 07 - 7

1. Prior to Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.

2. Verify that items of this Section may be installed in accordance with the original design and referenced standards.

B. Discrepancies:

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.

2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.

3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive his work.

3.02 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
A. Abbreviations and symbols on the Drawings are those most commonly used. Obtain clarification from the Owner’s Representative on any questionable items before bid.

3.03 GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS
A. Size any section of pipe for which size is not indicated or any intermediate section erroneously shown undersized the same size as the largest pipe connecting to it. Sizes listed are nominal.

B. Cut pipe accurately to job measurements and install without springing or forcing, true to line and grade, generally square with building and/or structures and adequately supported to prevent undue stress on pipe, fittings and accessories.

C. Make changes of direction with manufactured fittings. Street ells, bushings, reducing flanges, close nipples or bending of pipe is not allowed.

D. Use great care to install piping in accordance with best practice. Plastic pipe shall be “snaked” in trenches to allow for thermal expansion.

E. All above grade, below grade and buried or imbedded PVC shall be installed using solvent weld fittings. Also, each and every fitting and pipe end shall be prepared with solvent primer.

Fittings shall be joined individually and with enough time between assembly of adjacent joints to allow them to seal solidly. After joining, an even ring of primer must be visible around the entire fitting. If any fittings are installed without visible primer, the fitting shall be removed and discarded and piping recut, rechamfered and joint made up again using a new fitting. All procedures, methods and techniques used to make up solvent weld joints shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

F. Arrange pipe and hangers to allow for expansion, contraction and structural settlement. No pipe shall contact structure except penetrations as shown on the Drawings.

G. Provide dielectric connections between copper and dissimilar metals. In copper systems, 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
13 11 07 - 8
threaded piping including connections to equipment shall be brass pipe and fittings. Install dielectric connections in vertical sections of piping only.

H. Run pipe full size through shut-off valves, balancing valves, etc. Change pipe size within three (3) pipe diameters of final connection to control valves, fixtures and other equipment.

I. Provide unions or flanges at connections to equipment, on service side of valves and elsewhere as required to facilitate ease of maintenance.

J. Locate equipment shut-off valves as close to equipment as possible maintaining easy valve access.

K. Make all connections between domestic water systems and equipment or face piping with approved backflow prevention devices as required.

L. All PVC pipe exposed to direct sunlight shall be painted with two coats of Exterior Acrylic Semi-gloss Paint, Sherwin Williams or equal. Color to be selected by the Architect. Prior to painting the PVC pipes, the exterior of all PVC pipes shall be wiped with Methyl Ethyl Ketone, or an approved equal, to remove the glaze from the pipes.

M. The Main Drain pipe must run either level or uphill from the main drain sump, through the surge pit (if applicable) and then to the circulation pump.

3.04 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. Excavation:

1. Excavate and backfill trenches as required for the Work of this Section. Conform to requirements of Section 13 11 01.

2. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever materials encountered, to the depths indicated on the Drawings or as necessary. The Contractor shall dispose of the excavated materials not required or suitable for backfill as directed, and shall perform such grading as may be necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into the trenches. The Contractor shall provide adequate equipment for the removal of storm or subsurface waters, which may accumulate in the excavated areas.

B. Trenching:

1. Excavate trenches to lines and grades as indicated on the Drawings and with banks as nearly vertical as practicable.

2. Bottoms of trenches shall be accurately graded to provide uniform bearing on undisturbed soil for the entire length of each section of pipe.

3. The width of the trench at and below the top of the pipe shall be such that the clear space between the barrel of the pipe and the trench wall shall not exceed 8” on either side of the pipe. The width of trench above the top of pipe may be wider if necessary.

4. Over-depth excavations shall be filled with tamped sand to required grades.

5. Excavations of five (5) feet or more in depth shall be shored or supported in conformance with rules, and regulations of State and Federal Governments. Shoring 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
13 11 07 - 9
shall be constructed, maintained and removed in a manner to prevent caving of the excavation walls or other load on the pipe.

C. Backfilling:

1. Material for backfilling of pipes shall be approved granular material less than two (2) inches in diameter obtained from the excavation. No material of a perishable, spongy or otherwise unsuitable nature shall be used as backfill.

2. Backfilling of pipe trenches shall commence immediately after installation and testing to preclude damage to the installed pipe. Backfill around pipe shall be carefully placed so as not to displace or damage the pipe, and shall be carried up symmetrically on each side of the pipe to one foot above the top of the pipe. The material shall be carefully compacted or consolidated before additional backfill is placed.

3. Backfill above an elevation of one foot above the top of pipe in conformance with requirements of Section 131101. Material for balance of backfill shall be approved granular material less than six (6) inches in diameter taken from the excavation.

4. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, all pipe shall have a minimum of eighteen (18) inches of cover.

3.05 GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
A. Position equipment to result in good appearance and easy access to all components for maintenance and repairs.

B. Install piping, flues, breeching and ducts so that they do not interfere with equipment access.

C. Install level, secure and out of moisture. Provide shims, anchors, support straps, angles, grouted bases, or other items as required to accomplish proper installation.

D. All screws, nuts, bolts and washers shall be galvanized, or stainless steel. After fabrication, hot-dip galvanize unfinished ferrous items for outdoor, below grade or other use subject to moisture.

E. Extend 1/2” Schedule 40 black steel pipe lubrication tubes from all hard-to-reach locations to front of equipment or to access points. Terminate with proper type of lubrication fitting.

3.06 VALVES AND STRAINERS
A. If no shut-off is indicated, provide ball valves at inlet connections and balance valves at outlet connections to fixtures and equipment. Provide proper valve trim for service intended.

B. Use no solder end valves unless noted otherwise; provide adapters in copper tubing systems.

C. Locate valves with stems above horizontal plane of pipe. In general, locate valves within six (6) feet of floor, out from under equipment, in accessible locations with adequate clearance around hand wheels or levers for easy operation.

D. Provide all valves, cocks and strainers, full pipe size unless indicated otherwise. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
13 11 07 - 10
E. Provide hand wheel operators on all valves 6” and larger, under 6” lever operators may be used.

F. Provide tool operated valve with stainless steel shaft extension and 'on deck' tool operation for surge chamber butterfly isolation valve.

3.07 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING
A. Pipe identification and direction of flow shall be in compliance with ANSI/ASME A13.1. Identify each valve by a numbered brass tag with hole and brass chain mounted on valve stem or handle. Tag to be a minimum of 1” in diameter and numbers at least 1/4” high stamped into tag. Valves and plumbing lines shall be labeled clearly with the source or destination descriptions.

B. Install an identification chart in a plastic or glass framed enclosure, which schematically illustrates the proper operation of all piping systems and indicates number and location of all valves and control devices within the system.

C. The direction of flow for the recirculation equipment shall be labeled clearly with directional symbols such as arrows on all piping in the equipment area. Where the recirculation equipment for more than one pool is located on site, the equipment shall be marked as to which pool the system serves.

3.08 TESTS
A. Perform tests in presence of Owner’s Representative with no pressure loss or noticeable leaks.

B. Do not include valves and equipment in tests. Include connection to previously tested sections if systems are tested in sections.

C. Perform tests as follows:

System Test
Pressure
Test
Medium
Duration
Skimmer Lines and
Main Drain sump lines
20psig Water* 4 hours
Pool Piping 50 psig Water* 4 hours
Pool Main Drains 30 psig Water* 4 hours
Domestic Water 150 psig Water* 4 hours
*Never test PVC pipe or fittings with air or other gases, always use water.

3.09 PIPE MATERIAL APPLICATION
A. PVC Schedule 40: Below grade swimming pool piping and domestic water piping up to 12” line size; use standard solvent weld fittings.

B. PVC Schedule 80: Above grade swimming pool piping up to 12” line size; use solvent weld Schedule 80 or epoxy coated cast iron fittings.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
13 11 07 - 11
C. Type L Hard Copper: Above grade domestic water piping.

D. CPVC Schedule 80; Pool Heater Piping.

E. Schedule 40 Steel: Natural gas piping.

F. Pipe Insulation for Heat Exchanger, Coolant Lines, Cold Plunge, Cold Water Interior Piping:

Install pipe insulation on all cold water PVC schedule 80 cold plunge circulation piping located in the pool mechanical room and exposed above grade piping. Provide NBR/PVC closed-cell pipe insulation, pre-slit, pre-glued with overlap, ¾” wall thickness with a temperature range between -70° to 220°F for schedule 80 PVC pipe.

G. Pipe Insulation for Heat Exchanger, Coolant Lines, Cold Plunge or Cold Water Exterior Piping:

Install pipe insulation on all cold water PVC schedule 80 cold plunge circulation piping located outside pool mechanical room and exposed above grade piping. Provide aluminum jacketed NBR/PVC closed-cell pipe insulation with a temperature range between -70° to 220°F for schedule 80 PVC pipe.

3.10 CUTTING AND DRILLING
A. Cutting or drilling necessary for installation of Work of this Section shall be done only with approval of Owner’s Representative.

3.11 CLOSING-IN OF UNINSPECTED WORK
A. Do not cover or enclose Work before testing and inspection. Re-open Work prematurely closed and restore all Work damaged.

3.12 QUIETNESS
A. Quietness is a requirement. Eliminate noise, other than that caused by specified equipment operating at optimum conditions, as directed by Owner’s Representative.

3.13 FLUSHING OF LINES
A. Flush or blow out pipes free from foreign substances before installing valves, stops or making final connections. Clean piping systems of dirt and dust prior to initial start-up.

B. Just prior to plastering the pool, under the observations of the IOR, the pool mechanical system shall be flushed using the pool circulation pump. Circulate water through the mechanical system until the effluent water from the pool return heads runs clean.

3.14 CLEAN-UP
A. After all Work has been tested and approved, the Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall thoroughly clean all parts of the equipment installations, including all pool pipe and fittings in the pool mechanical room. Exposed parts shall be cleaned of cement, plaster and other materials and all grease and oil spots removed with solvent. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
13 11 07 - 12
B. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall remove debris from the Project site. Cartons, boxes, packing crates and excess materials not used, occasioned by this work shall be disposed of to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative.

C. If the above requirements of clean up are not performed to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative, the Owner reserves the right to order the work done, the cost of which shall be borne by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
13 11 08 - 1
SECTION 13 11 08

SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide labor, materials and equipment as required to install the swimming pool electrical system including but not limited to:

1. A complete and operable system of service equipment, switchboards, panelboards, conduits, switches, time clocks and wiring for power and lighting, motor control centers.

2. Junction and/or pull boxes, conduits, disconnects, starters, contactors, wiring and connection of all motors and mechanical equipment, including connection and wiring of line voltage controls associated with the mechanical systems.

3. Swimming pool underwater lighting systems.

4. Swimming pool timing system outlets and scoreboard.

5. Complete grounding system as required and shown on the Drawings.

6. Complete equipotential bonding system as required and shown on the Drawings and in accordance with National Electric Code Article 680.

7. Adjusting and preliminary operation of the completed electrical system as described in Article 3.06, A of this Section.

8. Cleaning of all completed Work and installation adjustment of all trim and decorative items.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.

2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.

3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.

B. Ordinances and Codes: Materials and construction shall conform with all applicable code requirements, including:

1. National Electrical Code, latest edition; Electrical Safety Orders of the State of California; Department of Industrial Relations; regulations of the State Fire Marshal; rules and regulations of the Board of Underwriters of the Pacific, UL 50, 50E and NEMA 250 rating.

2. Chapter 31 of California Building Code, 2022 edition.

C. Verification of Conditions:
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
13 11 08 - 2

1. The locations shown on the Drawings are diagrammatic only and the exact finish location of equipment and materials cannot be indicated. Therefore, locations of all Work and equipment shall be verified to avoid interferences, preserve head room and keep openings and passageways clear.

Changes shall be made in locations of equipment and materials which may be necessary to accomplish these purposes.

D. Preliminary Operations and Testing:

1. Motor driven equipment shall be tested for correct rotation and completion of all connections.

1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00. Requests for substitutions shall conform with requirements of Article 1.10.A of Section 13 11 00.

B. Required submittals include:

1. Conduit and Fittings as specified in Article 2.02 of this Section.

2. Panelboards as specified in Article 2.08 of this Section.

3. Circuit Breakers as specified in Article 2.09 of this Section.

4. Motor Starters as specified in Article 2.12 and 2.13 of this Section.

5. Fuses as specified in Article 2.15 of this Section.

6. Time Clocks as specified in Article 2.16 of this Section.

7. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters as specified in Article 2.17 of this Section.

8. NEMA Type 4x corrosion resistant UL 50, 50E & NEMA 250 rating for enclosures, cabinets and boxes as specified in Article 2.11 & 2.18 of this Section.

C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A of this Section.

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.

B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site.

C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool electrical materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Materials shall be new, in unbroken packages and bear the U.L. label of approval.

B. Equipment of one type shall be by same manufacturer. One type of equipment for classifications such as:
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
13 11 08 - 3

1. Switchboards, panels, buss duct, disconnect switches and allied items.

2. Conduit.

3. Wire.

4. Conduit fittings.

5. Fixtures of the same general type.

6. Wiring devices.

2.02 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Conduit within or under buildings or where exposed outdoors shall be rigid metal threaded, hot dipped galvanized, or U.L. approved plastic except where noted otherwise on the Drawings. Metallic conduit shall be of the same metal between outlets or terminals.

B. Use flexible metallic conduit only for short connections of motors and where specifically called for on Drawings. Maximum length shall be 40". Use only liquid tight flexible metal conduit. Install an unbroken #12 AWG insulated copper grounding conductor in each liquid tight flexible conduit with permanent connection at motor junction box and service panel ground.

C. Protect, before installation, metallic conduit runs in all slabs laid on grade or in contact with the earth or exposed in damp locations, with two (2) heavy coats of asphaltum rust-resisting compound.

D. Encase conduits 2-1/2" or larger run underground, outside, or under buildings, in concrete envelopes a minimum of 3" thick, except as indicated otherwise on Drawings or stubouts. Conduits 2 and smaller laid 18" below finish surface in soil.

E. Low voltage runs underground outside buildings, 1-1/4" or smaller, may be G.I. or sherardized steel conduit, with machine applied wrapping equal to double wrap or Scotch-Wrap #50 tape, half lapped and quadrupled at joints in lieu of concrete encasement.

F. Service conduits through foundations or concrete members shall run through metal sleeves with adequate clearances for full movement of the conduit. Do not run conduits through footings.

G. Secure conduits run exposed on surfaces with one hole heavy-duty straps or fasten with matching fittings to inserts or trapezes, parallel to building walls and ceilings.

H. Cap all conduit or duct stub-outs with standard factory caps; except cap threaded steel conduit with B.I. water pipe caps in outdoor locations.

I. Use conduit fittings as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds Company, Appleton Electric Co., or approved equal.

J. Employ U.L. liquid tight fittings for use with liquid tight flexible metal conduit.

K. Use unions as manufactured by Appleton, O-Z/Gedney, or approved equal. The use of running threads will not be permitted.

L. Exposed conduit and fittings in chemical rooms shall be nonmetallic rigid polyvinyl chloride, corrosion resistant rated suitable for installation in corrosive environments and in accordance 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
13 11 08 - 4
with the latest NEC requirements.

2.03 EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING/GROUNDING
A. Bond together and ground to a common ground at a single point all metallic conduit, piping systems, pool reinforcing steel, metal parts of ladders, lifeguard stands, handrails and their supports and the like. The solid copper bonding conductor shall not be smaller than #8 copper. Provide equipotential bonding per Article 680 of the National Electrical Code. In instances where no deck reinforcement is present, Contractor shall provide a minimum of three feet of equipotential bonding material in conformance with Code. All bonding items shall be inspected prior to concrete pour.

2.04 WIRING CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections without strain on conductors, allowing the conductors to take a natural position after connections or taps are made. Include all strand of wire in making the connection.

B. Make connections for wiring by one of the following means:

1. Make all taps or connections to conductors with compression type connectors except those smaller than #8 B&S gauge may have soldered connections. Solderless connections for #10 AWG or smaller may be used and shall be "Scotchlok", Buchanan, or approved equal. For #8 AWG or larger, they shall be T&B "LockTite", Burndy "Versitaps", or approved equal.

2. All cable or conductor terminal lugs shall be Burndy "Quicklug", Ilsco, or approved equal. Two piece stamped lugs and solder lugs will not be approved.

3. Paint taped splices in damp or outdoor locations with two (2) coats of insulating paint.

4. Tag all branch circuit wires with circuit number at the panelboard and at each point of use with linen or plastic tags.

2.05 CONDUCTORS
A. Copper RHW or THW. Do not make splices between boxes.

2.06 COLOR CODING
A. Neutrals (identified conductors shall be white).

B. Phase conductors shall be red for phase B; blue for phase C.

C. Green shall be used for mechanical equipment and receptacle grounds only.

2.07 MOTOR WIRING
A. Make final connections to motors with the required AWG (Minimum #12), Flamenol machine tool wire, 19 strand. Control wiring for equipment shall be Flamenol machine tool wire, 19 strand of required AWG.

Provide corrosion resistant junction boxes at each item of equipment to change from standard building wiring to machine tool wire.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
13 11 08 - 5
B. Phase motors as proper in direction of rotation.

2.08 PANELBOARDS
A. Panelboards shall be flush or surface mounting as indicated with circuit breakers as shown on panel schedule, hinged lockable doors, index card holders and proper bussing.

B. Where indicated on the drawings, panelboards shall be furnished with subfeed breakers and/or lugs, split bussing, contractors, time switches, relays, etc., as required.

C. All panelboards shall be keyed alike.

D. All panelboard enclosures shall be corrosion resistant rated NEMA 4X in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.

E. Furnish corrosion resistant panelboard enclosures and terminal cabinets with Yale 46515 flush locks and LL806 keys except where indicated otherwise herein. Fasten the trim to panel boards and terminal cabinet by means of concealed, bolted or screwed fasteners accessible only when the door is open.

F. Panelboards 208/120 volt, three phase, 4 wire, S/N or 120/240 volt, single phase, 3 wire, S/N.

Panelboard types as manufactured by:

Westinghouse Type B10B
General Electric Type NLAB
Square D Type NQOB
G. Panelboards for 480/277 volt, three panes, 4 wire, S/N.

Panelboard types as manufactured by:

Westinghouse Type Pow-R-Line 2
General Electric Type AE
Square D Type NEHB
Sylvania Type NH1B
I.T.E. Type Approved Equal
H. Panelboard for bussing sizes thru 400 amp shall be 20" wide surface mounted type. Recess mounted type shall have a 20" wide (maximum) recess metal enclosure with trim plate cover extending 1" on all sides of enclosure. Depth shall be 5-3/4" nominal. Height of panel as required for devices.

I. Provide 6" additional gutter space in all panels where double lugs are required, or where cable size exceeds bus size. Minimum bottom gutter space shall be 6" high. 12" additional gutter space may be required for aluminum feeders where used.

J. Panelboards shown on the drawings with relays, time clocks or other control devices shall have a separate metal barriered compartment mounted above panel with separate hinged locking door to match panelboard.

Provide mounting sub-base in cabinet for control devices and wiring terminal strips. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
13 11 08 - 6
K. Panelboard shall have a circuit index card holder removable type, with clear plastic cover. Index card shall have numbers imprinted to match circuit breaker numbers.

2.09 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Breakers shall have a minimum short circuit interrupting rating of 10,000A symmetrical for panelboard voltage thru 240 volt and 14000A for panelboards thru 600 volts or as specified on the drawings. In no case shall the interrupting rating be less than the bus withstand rating unless noted otherwise on the drawings.

B. Circuit breakers as manufactured by the following companies only are acceptable:

1. General Electric Company

2. Square D Company

3. Westinghouse Company

4. I.T.E. Company
C. Circuit breakers shall be arranged in the panels so that the breakers of the proper trip settings and numbers correspond to the numbering in the panel schedules on the drawings. Circuit numbers of breakers shall be black-on-white micarta tabs or other previously approved method. Circuit number tabs which can readily be changed from front of panel will not be accepted. Circuit number tabs shall not be attached to or be a part of the breaker.

D. Where two or three pole breakers occur in the panels, they shall be common trip units. Single pole breakers with tie-bar between handles will not be accepted.

E. All circuit breakers shall be padlockable in the "off" position. Locking facilities shall be riveted or mechanically attached to the circuit breaker (submit sample for approval). Other means of attachment shall not be accepted without prior written approval of Architect.

F. Where branch circuit breakers supply the power to motors and signal systems, the breakers shall be furnished with lockout clips, mounted in the "on" position. The breakers shall be able to trip automatically with lockout clips in place.

G. Panelboard circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type.

2.10 BUSSING
A. Bussing shall be rectangular cross section copper, or full length silver or tin-plated aluminum.

B. Bussing shall be braces to withstand symmetrical short circuit ratings as follows or as noted on drawings. In no case shall bus short circuit bracing be less than specified circuit breakers.

C. Each panelboard shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure. The bus shall have a separate lug for each ground conductor. No more than one conductor shall be installed per lug.

2.11 POOL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES, TERMINAL CABINETS & MISC CABINETS A. All pool mechanical equipment enclosures, terminal cabinets and miscellaneous cabinets in the 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
13 11 08 - 7
pool mechanical room or chemical storage rooms shall be corrosion resistant rated in accordance with the latest NEC requirements. Enclosures and all cabinets shall be flush mounted (except where noted a surface) of the size indicated on the drawings, and complete with hinged lockable doors and the number of 2-way screw terminals required for termination of all conductors. Terminal cabinet locks to operated form same key used for panelboards. The trim to terminal cabinets shall be fastened by means of concealed bolted or screwed fasteners accessible behind door to terminal cabinets. Terminal cabinets shall have 5/8" plywood backing.

B. Provide engraved nameplate on each enclosure and cabinet indicating its designation and system (i.e., Swimming Pool - Panel ‘SP’).

2.12 MOTOR CONTROL INDIVIDUAL STARTERS
A. Manual Motor Starters:

1. Provide flush or surface mounting manual motor starters with number of poles and size of thermal overload heaters as required for the motor being controlled (equipped with overload heaters, one for each motor lead). Back boxes shall be supplied with all flush mounting starters whether they are toggle type requiring only a 4" square outlet box or the larger type requiring a special box and cover designed to accept the particular unit. All box types shall be corrosion resistant rated in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.

2. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, all manual starters for single phase motors, smaller than 1 h.p., shall be the compact toggle type. Manual starters for all single phase motors, 1 to 5 h.p., and all three phase motors up to 5 h.p. shall be the heavy duty type.

3. Where manual motor starter is shown with pilot light, the pilot light shall be installed in a separate outlet box adjacent to the starter outlet, and engraved nameplate in indicate function of pilot light.

4. The following motor starters as manufactured by:

Manufacturer Single Phase
1HP and Below
Others
Arrow Hart Type RL Type LL
General Electric CR 101 Class CR 1062
I.T.E. Class C10, C11 or C12 Class C20
Square D Company Class 2510, Type A Class 2510, Type B & C Westinghouse Type MS Type A100
Allen Bradley Approved Equal Approved Equal.

B. Individual Magnetic Motor Starters:

1. Magnetic motor starters shall be A.C. line voltage, across-the-line units in a corrosion resistant rated enclosure in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.

2. All starters located outside of a building whether or not indicated shall be W.P. (weatherproof), and all starters noted W.P. shall be furnished in a corrosion resistant rated stainless steel enclosure in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.

3. Starter shall be horsepower rated for the motor controlled, and shall be equipped with properly sized overload elements. Every pole shall be with overload element.

4. Verify the exact motor current and voltage characteristics with the Contractor supplying the motor before installation of a starter.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
13 11 08 - 8

5. Each starter shall be equipped with "Hand-Off-Auto" switch or stop-start pushbutton as required.

6. Coils shall be designed to operate on voltage indicated on control diagrams and have built-in-under the voltage release for coil circuit to drop motor starter off the line when the line voltage drops below normal operating voltage.

7. The coil control circuit shall be independently fused, sized to protect coil.

8. Starters to be equipped with running pilot light indication with a "Push-to-Test" feature.

9. Magnetic starters shall have a minimum of two auxiliary contacts. Additional auxiliary contacts shall be provided as required to comply with the requirements of the wiring diagrams on the electrical and mechanical drawings and the description of the function in the Mechanical Section of the Specifications.

10. Starters shall comply with NEMA standards, size and horsepower ratings as indicated on drawings.

11. The following types of magnetic motor starters as manufactured by:

Manufacture Type
General Electric Class CR 106
I.T.E. Class A20
Square D Company Class 8536
Westinghouse Type A200 (Size 4 Max.) or
Class II-200 (Sizes 5-8)

2.13 INDIVIDUAL COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS
A. Combination starter shall incorporate fused disconnect switch and individual magnetic motor starter.

Combination starters shall be mounted in a corrosion resistant rated enclosure in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.

B. Starters shall comply with NEMA standards, size and horsepower ratings as indicated on drawings General Electric, Square D, Westinghouse or I.T.E.

B. The disconnect handle used on combination starters shall control the disconnect device with the door opened or closed. The disconnect handle shall be clearly marked as to whether the disconnect device is "ON" or "OFF", and shall include a two-color handle grip, the black side visible in the "OFF" position indicating a safe condition, and the red side visible in the "ON" position indicating an unsafe or danger condition.

C. All starters used in combination starters shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest published NEMA standards, sizes, and horsepower ratings. These starters shall be furnished with three melting alloy type thermal overload relays.

D. Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and interchangeable. The starter shall be inoperative if a thermal unit is removed.

2.14 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER, INTERLOCKS AND CONTROL DEVICES A. Refer to mechanical and plumbing drawings and specifications and provide all control devices including timeswitches, relays and interconnection of starters as required. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
13 11 08 - 9
B. Mount all relays and timeswitches in a separate compartment in motor control center unless otherwise indicated.

C. Whether shown on mechanical and plumbing drawings or control center schedules or not, where motors are controlled by external devices (i.e., thermostats, relays, float or pressure switches, etc.) or interlocked with other motors, each motor starter to be equipped with a "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch in starter cover.

Other starters equipped with a "Start' Stop" pushbutton station in starter cover. The Contractor shall be responsible to submit a complete and detailed set of shop drawings, electrical schematic design along with electrical component cut sheets from the MCC panel or the interlock control device manufacturer. RSD Total Control: Allan Pearson 949-380-7878, South Coast Controls: Anthony Ellis 714-998-5656, H2O Integration Controls, Mike Macri, 253-244-1576 or approved equal.

2.15 FUSES
A. Fuses shall be dual element, current limiting type, U.L. Class RK5 unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Provide one spare set of fuses of each size and type in each motor control center.

2.16 TIME CLOCKS
A. Time clocks shall be provided for all underwater lighting systems and swimming pool circulation pumps not controlled by filter microprocessors.

B. Contacts shall have a minimum rating of 40 amperes at 277V.

C. Timing motor shall be heavy duty synchronous, self starting, high torque type, and shall be rated at 120, 208, 240, 277 volt 60 Hz.

D. Motor shall operate normally at temperature range of -60 degrees Fahrenheit to +120 degrees Fahrenheit.

E. Dial shall be 3" diameter, clearly calibrated with day/night zones and 24 hour rotation, with gear to provide one revolution yearly which automatically varies the on/off settings each day according to seasonal changes. Day and month of the year shall show clearly through calendar window on the dial.

F. Time clocks shall be equipped with 7-spoke omitting wheel marked with days of the week.

G. Time clocks shall be housed in a corrosion resistant rated enclosure in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.

H. Acceptable manufacturers are Intermatic, Tork, Paragon, or approved equal.

2.17 GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS
A. Minimum rating shall be 20 amperes, 125V, 5 milliampere trip setting, Class A per UL943.

B. Manufacturer to be Crouse-Hinds, Leviton, or approved equal. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
13 11 08 - 10

2.18 BOXES
A. Boxes shall be of the size required by ordinances or larger, must be corrosion resistant in accordance with the latest NEC requirements where concealed or exposed on ceilings or walls.

B. Outlets to be surface where wiring is exposed and flush in areas where conduit is concealed.

B. Provide surface outlets with proper corrosion resistant surface covers. Box and cover shall be deep enough to provide at least 1/4" clearance between back of device and back of box. Where box contains more than one device, use a corrosion resistant rated gang box with proper cover in accordance with the latest NEC requirements. Surface outlet boxes shall be of the threaded hub type wherever below 8'0".

C. If necessary for cable installation, additional pull boxes or junction boxes may be installed in accessible locations. Exposed pull boxes and junction boxes shall be corrosion resistant rated in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.

E. Where exposed to weather pull boxes larger than outlet boxes are required, galvanized code gauge sheet steel boxes may be used with covers attached by brass machine screws may be used. Boxes exposed to the weather shall be approved for the purpose, and conduit entrances shall be on the bottom made by means of an interchangeable hub with gasket and adapter nut. Pull boxes not shown on Drawings may be added only after approval of size and location is obtained.

F. For outlets exposed to weather or where noted, cast outlet boxes shall be Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or approved equal. Boxes shall have proper number and size hubs. Device plates, covers, adapters and boxes shall be as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or approved equal.

G. Exposed junction boxes, outlet boxes and pull boxes for pool chemical rooms shall be non -metallic suitable for a corrosive environment and in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.

2.19 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS
A. Plainly mark all motor and electrical appliance control equipment indicating the equipment controlled with engraved metal tags.

B. Provide laminated plastic nameplates on panelboards on the outside of the door at the top indicating panel designation and feeder source.

C. Provide laminated plastic nameplates on distribution switchboards and motor control centers at the top center indicating panel designation and feeder source.

D. Identify each distribution switchboard and motor control center circuit breaker with a laminated plastic nameplate indicating its' use.

E. Type panelboard directories on the forms provided with the equipment, indicating the use of each branch circuit breaker.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
13 11 08 - 11
F. Fasten all laminated plastic nameplates to surfaces with two (2) or more screws.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION
A. Verify conditions at the Project site before submitting bid. Be responsible for providing all necessary wiring for the new electrical systems. Wherever wiring is being disrupted due to remodeling or changes, reconnect existing and provide new wiring circuits to accomplish a fully operable system at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.02 COORDINATION
A. The Drawings are essentially diagrammatic and indicate the desired location, size, routes, connection points, etc., and are to be followed as closely as possible. Proper judgment must be exercised in executing the Work so as to provide the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome difficulties, limitations or interference wherever encountered. Be responsible for the correct placement of this Work, the proper location and connection in relation to Work of other trades, for determining the exact location of all conduits, outlets and equipment, and for installing the conduits in such a manner as to conform to the structure, avoid obstruction, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear. Particular attention is directed to the close coordination required on exposed Work. Locations shown on Architectural or Mechanical Drawings if different than those shown on Electrical Drawings should be communicated to the Owner’s Representative in writing for clarification.

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Trenching and Backfill: Conform with requirements of Section 13 11 01. Provide minimum cover as required by Code.

B. Conduit Installation:

1. Conduit and metallic raceway systems shall be mechanically and electrically continuous from sources of current to all outlets in a manner to provide a continuous grounding path. Close ends of conduit during construction to prevent entrance of dirt or moisture.

2. Securely fasten conduit to the building construction within three feet of each outlet and within every ten feet thereafter. Secure it to boxes, cabinets, pull boxes, terminals with two locknuts and ends equipped with bushings or a terminal fitting. Cut square with ends carefully reamed.

3. Make bends or elbows so that the conduit will not be injured or flattened.

4. Use insulated metallic bushings in all places where bushings are required.

5. Run exposed conduits level or plumb and parallel to the construction members of the building. No cutting across or diagonal runs will be permitted. Neatly surmount structural obstructions encountered on conduit runs by the use of fittings or pull boxes.

6. Identify feeder conduits by stamped metal tags secured to exposed section of conduit in main or sub-panels.

7. Make up all threaded conduit joints gas and watertight with conductive sealer except 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
13 11 08 - 12
conduit above ground in dry indoor locations.

8. Rigidly support all boxes independently of the conduit system.

C. Connections to Equipment:

1. Fully connect, in an approved manner, all electrical outlets, apparatus, motors, equipment, fixtures, wiring devices and appliances whether they are installed under the Electrical Contract or not, which require electrical connections, to the corresponding electrical system outlet.

2. Where the Work of this Section requires connections to be made to equipment that is furnished and set-in-place under other Sections, obtain such roughing-in dimensions from the manufacturer or supplier of each item as required and assume full responsibility for the installation of the connections thereto.

3.04 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEAN-UP
A. Preliminary Operation: Should the Owner’s Representative deem it necessary to operate the electrical installation or any part thereof prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, consent to such preliminary operation and supervise conduction of same. Subcontractor shall pay all costs occasioned by such operation. Preliminary operation shall not be construed as an acceptance of any Work installed under this Contract.

B. Clean-up: Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediately remove all swimming pool electrical materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

END OF SECTION
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP PLUMBING
22 00 00 - 1
SECTION 15 40 00

PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 The General Conditions apply to all work of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included: All labor, equipment, material, services, transportation, etc. required for and reasonably incidental to the complete and satisfactory installation of all of the Plumbing Systems as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein.

B. Work under this Section includes:

1. All plumbing systems, materials, fixtures, and equipment and the complete installation thereof including all piping, final connections to all mechanical equipment, and rough-in where indicated.

2. All utilities including water, liquid propane, and sewer lines and all necessary permits for utility service.

3. Excavation and backfilling for all underground lines.

4. Rough-in and final connections of equipment furnished by others.

5. All access panels and other accessories furnished complete and installed.

6. All required backflow prevention and pressure reducing devices. (The contractor shall verify site water pressures prior to bid and provide reducing valves for all pressures over 80 p.s.i.).

C. Related Sections

1. 13 11 00 Swimming Pool General Requirements

2. 13 11 06 Swimming Pool Equipment

3. 13 11 07 Swimming Pool Mechanical

4. 13 11 01 Swimming Pool Excavation, Trenching and Backfill

1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Contractor agrees that shop drawings submittals processed by the Architect do not become Contract Documents and are not Change Orders; that the purpose of the shop drawings review is to establish a reporting procedure and is intended for the Contractor's convenience in organizing his work and to permit the Architect to monitor the Contractor's progress and understanding of the design. The process of review of the Contractor's submittals is not of testing the Architect's perception. If deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between shop drawings submittals and the Contract Documents are discovered either prior to or after the shop drawing submittals are processed by the Architect, the Contractor agrees that the Contract Documents shall control and shall be followed.

B. Materials and equipment: As soon as possible and within 21 days after award of the contract, and before their purchase, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect seven (7) bound booklets for approval containing a complete list of materials, specialties and equipment he is to furnish for the installation. All submittals shall be made at one time.

C. Each item shall be identified by manufacturer, brand and trade name, number, size, rating and whatever other data are necessary to properly identify and check the materials and equipment. The words, "as specified" will not be considered sufficient identification.

D. Accessories, controls, finish, etc., not submitted or identified with the submitted equipment shall be furnished and installed as specified.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP PLUMBING
22 00 00 - 2
E. Shop drawings will be approved only to extent of information indicated. Approval of an item of equipment shall not be construed to mean approval for components for that item for which Contractor has provided no information.

F. Approval of shop drawings shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing all controls, wiring, components, etc. which are shown or specified, or all additional controls, wiring, components, etc. required to provide complete and correctly operating mechanical systems.

1.04 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Should the Contractor desire to substitute any material, equipment or other items for those specified, he shall submit a compete list, including detailed equipment layouts and performance characteristics within 21 calendar days after the schedules Start of Construction. Said data shall be submitted in 7 copies, assembled in individual brochures.

B. The entire cost of all changes of any type due to substitution for materials specified shall be born by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner.

C. Unsolicited and voluntary deducts, on the part of the Contractor for substituting unapproved systems and/or equipment, shall not be considered for the purpose of awarding the Contract.

D. The Contractor shall submit the amount of cost credit to the Contract in the event the proposed substitution is accepted.

E. In all cases where substitutions are proposed after bids are received, the Contractor shall bear the cost of evaluation on the basis of 2-1/2 times technical salaries of engineering personnel involved.

1.05 AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT
A. Verify prior to bidding that all specified equipment is available and can be obtained in time for installation during orderly and timely progress of the work.

B. In the event that specified items will not be so available, notify the Architect prior to receipt of bids.

C. Costs of delays because of non-availability of specified items, when such delays could have been avoided by proper investigation on the part of the Contractor, will be back-charges as necessary and shall not be borne by the Owner.

1.06 AS-INSTALLED DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall arrange and pay for one set of white prints of the plumbing drawings which he shall alter in read to show all changes made to the original layout. These drawings shall be kept current.

B. The Contractor shall deliver these completed to the Owner when the job is finished and accepted prior to final payment.

1.07 GUARANTEES
A. The Contractor, in accepting this contract, binds himself to replace or repair at his own expense any defect in workmanship or material which may appear within a period of one year from the date of the final acceptance of the building, and to pay for all resulting damage which shall appear within the said period; provided always that the Contractor shall not be liable for anything attributable to acts of the servants and agents of the Owner, or for ordinary wear. Also, given date of work performed by the Contractor be accepted as complete, he shall agree to correct any deficiencies or omissions in respect of the plans or 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP PLUMBING
22 00 00 - 3
specifications which may appear in the afore-mentioned twelve-month period.

B. The Contractor guarantees that all piping as provided in this specification will be free from all obstructions, and that all piping will be tight and drip free.

C. The Contractor guarantees that, in the entire domestic water system, a continuous and noiseless circulation of water will be established to all fixtures; and that water may be drawn from any fixture without hammering.

1.08 LOCAL CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor and trade submitting tenders on this work shall visit and will be deemed to have visited the site to ensure that they are familiar with all conditions relating to the work. Failure to visit the site will in no way relieve the successful Contractor of the necessity of furnishing any material or performing nay work that may be required to complete the work in accordance with the drawings and specifications without additional cost to the Owner.

B. Existing conditions, including inverts of drains, sizes and locations of existing sewers, water mains, gas mains, grades, etc., shall be examined by the Contractor prior to any installation or fabrication, and it shall be understood that the price quoted shall include al work necessary to provide a complete workable system within the requirements of appropriate codes and fully adapted to the existing conditions. The Contractor shall disconnect, seal off and remove any existing services where no longer required, and reroute services where necessary.

C. Before bidding the job, investigate, determine and verify locations and invert elevations of sanitary and storm sewers, city water mains and any of the buried or overhead utilities on or near site. Determine such locations in conjunction with all public and private utilities on or near site. Determine such locations in conjunction with all public and private utility companies and with all authorities having jurisdiction.

1.09 RULES, REGULATIONS AND CODES
A. All work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest Uniform Plumbing Code, California Building Code and local rules and regulations, State Fire Marshal regulations, the safety orders of the Division of Industrial Safety; the National Electric Code; the standards of the National Fire Protection Association; American Gas Association; Occupation and Safety Act; American National Standards Institute; American Society of Mechanical Engineers; American Society for Testing and Materials; Installation Standards published by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical officials (IAPMO) and other applicable laws, codes, or regulations. Nothing in these performance specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes.

B. Electrical Work: Motors, electrical apparatus and wiring specified in this Section shall conform to the National Electrical Manufacturer's Standards and the National Electric Code and bear the Underwriter's label or approval.

C. The Contractor shall furnish, without extra charge, any additional material and labor when and where required to comply with these rules and regulations, though the work be no mentioned in these specifications or shown on the Drawings. When these Specifications or drawings call for or describe materials or construction of a better quality or larger sizes than required by the above-mentioned rules and regulations, the provisions of these specifications and accompanying drawings shall take precedence.

1.10 FEES AND PERMITS
A. The Contractor must obtain and pay all fees for permits, licenses, inspections, etc., which are required by any legally constituted authority. Co-ordinate exact requirements with the Owner and/or General Contractor prior to bid.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP PLUMBING
22 00 00 - 4

1.11 COORIDNATION
A. Following the general arrangement indicated on the Drawings as closely as possible, the Contractor shall coordinate with the Architect, structural, mechanical, plumbing, electrical and all other trades prior to installation of the materials and equipment to verify adequate space available for installation of the work shown. The Architect and Engineer shall be immediately notified if an area of conflict occurs between trades.

B. The Contractor shall bear all costs incurred for work that must be relocated due to conflicts between trades.

C. The Plumbing Contractor shall coordinate all requirements for all points of connection with the General Contractor and other trades prior to bid.

1.12 DRAWINGS
A. The work shall be installed as indicated on Drawings, however, changes to accommodate installation of this work with other work, or in order to meet architectural or structural conditions, shall be made without additional cost to the Owner.

B. For the purpose of clarity and legibility, the Drawings are essentially diagrammatic to the extent that many off-sets, bonds, unions, special fittings and exact locations are not indicated. The Contractor shall make use of all data in all of the Contract Documents and shall verify this information at the site.

1.13 INSPECTION
A. The Contractor shall not allow or cause any of his work to be covered up or closed in until it has been inspected, tested, approved by all authorities having jurisdiction, and until Project Record drawings have been properly annotated.

B. Should any of his work be covered up or closed in before such inspection, he shall, at his own expense, uncover the work to the satisfaction of the inspection party. All related repair work cost shall be borne by the Contractor.

1.14 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY
A. Place orders for all equipment in time to prevent any delay in construction schedule or completion of project. If any materials or equipment are not ordered in time, additional charges made by equipment manufacturers to complete their equipment in time to meet construction schedule, together with any special handling charges, shall be borne by the Contractor.

B. Materials shall be delivered in ample quantities from time to time as may be necessary for the uninterrupted progress of the work. They shall be stored so as to cause the least obstruction to the premises and distributed so as to prevent overloading to any portion of the structure.

C. The Contractor shall provide temporary storage and shop areas that are required at the site for the safe and proper storage of materials, tools, and other items used int he performance of this work. These areas shall be constructed only in approved locations and shall not interfere with the work of any other Contractor.

D. All work, equipment and materials shall be protected at all times. The Contractor shall make good all damage caused either directly or indirectly by his own workmen. The Contractor shall also protect his own work from damage. He shall close all pipe openings with caps or plugs during installation. He shall protect all of his equipment and materials against dirt, water, chemical and mechanical injury. Upon 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP PLUMBING
22 00 00 - 5
completion, all work shall be thoroughly cleaned and delivered in a new condition.

1.15 DEFINITION OF “PIPING”
A. The term "piping" as used in these Specifications or on the Drawings shall mean all pipe, fittings, nipples, valves, unions, etc., as may be required for a complete and functional system.

1.16 DAMAGE BY LEAKS, ETC.

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any part of the premises or work of other Contractors, caused by leaks or breaks in the piping or equipment furnished and/or installed under this Section, during the construction and guarantee period.

1.17 ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT FOR MAINTENANCE
A. Install all equipment, piping, etc. to permit access for normal maintenance. Install all such equipment and accessories to facilitate maintenance. Perform any relocation of pipes, etc. required to permit access at request of Architect at no additional cost to Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL
A. All materials and equipment shall be new and of the best of their respective grades, free from all defects and of the make, brand or quality herein specified or as accepted by the Architect.

B. All materials and equipment shall be identified by manufacturer's name or name plate data. Unidentified material or equipment shall be removed from the site.

C. Equipment specified by manufacturer's number shall include all accessories, controls, etc., listed in the catalog as standard with the equipment. Optional or additional accessories shall be furnished as specified.

D. Where no specific make of material or equipment is mentioned, any first-class product of a reputable manufacturer may be used, provided it conforms to the requirements of the system and meets with the approval of the Architect.

E. Equipment and materials damaged during transportation, installation and operation shall be considered as "totally damaged" and shall be replaced with new. Any variance from this clause shall be made only with written approval of the Architect.

F. Exact locations and mounting heights of all fixtures shall be obtained from the architectural drawings.

G. Water closets, urinals, lavatories, etc., shall be as manufactured by American Standard, Kohler, or Eljer. (Refer to fixture specifications for exact details).

H. Furnish all fixtures complete with necessary trim and stops, chrome plated brass, including tailpieces, traps and escutcheons.

I. Water closet carriers shall be of commercial quality and shall be as manufactured by J.R. Smith, Zurn or Josam.

J. For specific fixtures and equipment to be furnished and installed, see the fixture schedule on the Drawings and co-ordinate with the Owner prior to bid.

2.2 PIPE AND FITTINGS
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP PLUMBING
22 00 00 - 6
A. Water Piping:

1. Inside Building and Exposed: Type "L" copper pipe, hard drawn, 95/5 solder with cast wrought copper solder fittings and adapters for screw pipe connections (Type "K" with silver brazed fittings below slabs).

2. Outside Building Below Grade: Shall be Type "L" copper pipe and fittings as specified for inside water piping.

B. Waste Piping (Sanitary Sewer System):

1. Inside Building and Within 5'-0" of Building Line:

No-hub, cast iron Soil Piping and Fittings, asphaltum coated and shall meet Commercial Standard CS188-66. Joints below grade shall be made with M.G. or A.B. & I "Best" couplings. Joints above ground shall be made with Ideal stainless steel bands, M.G. or A.B. & I "Best" couplings.

C. Vent Piping:

1. Underground or Concealed in Walls or Above Ceiling Spaces: Cast iron pipe and fittings as specified for waste pipe.

2. Exposed: galvanized steel pipe, Schedule 40, ASTM A-120, with 125 pound galvanized cast iron screwed fittings, ASA B 16.4-1949.

D. Natural Gas:

1. Inside Building, Above Floor: Schedule 40 black steel pipe, ASTM A-120, with 150 pound banded malleable iron screwed fittings. (Option: Piping 3" and larger may be welded using butt or socket type welding fittings. Mitered bends will not be permitted.)

2. Outside Building, Above Ground and on Roof: Schedule 40 galvanized steel, ASTM A-120, with 150 pound banded malleable iron screwed fittings.

2.3 VALVES AND UNIONS
A. General:

1. Piping systems shall be supplied with valves arranged so as to give compete and regulating control of piping systems throughout the building. Each group or battery of fixtures shall have shut off valves.

2. Valves shall be installed with the best of workmanship, with neat appearance and grouping, and so that all parts are easily accessible and serviceable.

3. Valves shall be of commercial quality, and shall be manufactured by Nibco, Appollo, Stockham, Jenkins, or Walworth.

B. Water Piping Valves:

1. 2" and Smaller: Nibco No. T-595-Y (threaded) or No. S-595-Y (soldered) ball valve with three piece body, full port, T.F.E. seats and bronze trim, 150 psi Class.

2. Check Valves: 4" and Smaller: Nibco No. T-433 (threaded) or No. S-433 (soldered), horizontal swing, renewable discs, and bronze body, 150 psi Class.

C. Gas Cocks:

1. 1/2" to 1-1/4": Crane No. 252, Walworth No. 591.

2. 1-1/2" and Larger: Nordstrom No. 142 and 143, or Walworth No. 1796 or 1797F. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP PLUMBING
22 00 00 - 7
D. Unions: Furnish and install at each threaded connection to all equipment or valves. The unions shall be located so that the piping can be easily disconnected for removal of the equipment, tank, or valve, and shall be as follows:

1. For steel pipe: Grinnell, Stockham, or equal, 250 pound class, galvanized or black steel to match piping in which union is installed.

2. For copper pipe: Nibco No. 733, or equal by Mueller or Jenkins.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS PLUMBING ACCESSORIES
A. Hose Bibbs, Outside Building: Acorn or Chicago loose key, 3/4" hose end, 1/2" I.P.S. Female inlet, vacuum breaker, rough brass finish.

B. Hose Bibbs, Inside Building: Same as for outside except with polished chrome finish.

C. Vent Pipe Flashing: 4 pound lead with steel boot, cast iron counter flashing sleeve, Semco 1100-5 with vandal proof hood.

D. Cleanouts: J.R. Smith or equal by Zurn or Josam.

1. Wall Cleanouts: J.R. Smith No. 4553, stainless steel, for ceramic tiled walls, and J.R. Smith No. 4422 with chrome plated cover for other types of walls.

2. Floor Cleanouts: J.R. Smith No. 4043 with bronze plug and non-skid top for finished floors; and J.R. Smith No. 4223 with bronze plug and X-X-H secured non-skid cast iron top for unfinished floors.

3. Cleanouts to Grade: J.R. Smith No. 4258 or 4253 with X-H bronze plug and X-X-H non-skid cast iron cover with lifting device set flush with surface for concrete areas. Asphalt or non-surfaced ares shall be installed with a ring of concrete poured around the bottom flange 6" below the surface. Use cast iron soil pipe on all cleanout risers. For Cleanouts in non-traffic areas, terminate cleanout plug in concrete yard box.

E. Access Panels: J.R. Smith, Zurn, or Josam, and shall be 12" x 12" minimum for concealed valves and other equipment in walls unless specified otherwise or required otherwise by field conditions. Ceiling access panels shall be 12" x 18" minimum.

1. Wall Access Panels: J. R. Smith No. 4762 with AKL, stainless steel finish.

2. Ceiling Access Panels: J. R. Smith No. 4760 with AKL, prime coated for plaster and dry wall ceilings; and J.R. Smith No. 4790 with AKL for acoustical tile ceilings.

F. Escutcheons unless otherwise specified shall be steel flange with locking device and chrome plated finish, Beaton Cadwell No. 10 or equal by Grinnell.

G. Insulation:

1. Hot Water Piping: Insulate all hot water piping with Manville "Micro-Lock" 850-AP-T with pressure sensitive tape. 1" thick for sizes up 10 2", 1-1/2" thick for sizes 1-1/2" and above. All fittings and valves shall be insulated with premolded "Zeston" PVC covers with factory supplied fiberglass inserts. Insulation shall conform to the Manufacturers recommendations. Hot water piping below floor or grade shall be insulated with "Protexulate" per Manufacturers recommendations.

2. Hot Water Heater and/or Storage Tank: Insulate with calcium silicate equal to Manville Thermo12 or Ownes-Corning Kaylo 10, 2" thick. Install per manufacturers recommendations. Provide 8 ounce canvas over insulation and size with lagging adhesive. Factory fabricated jacket may be submitted for engineers approval.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP PLUMBING
22 00 00 - 8

3. All exposed insulation shall be covered with a .016" thick aluminum jacket.

H. Water Hammer Arresters: P.P.P. model P-2 or equal, with engraved model number. Install at all quick closing valves, commercial clothes washers and dishwashers behind access panel.

I. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valves: Watts Series 40 or equal.

J. Pipe supports, unless specified otherwise, shall be as follows:

1. Seismic bracing shall be per the State of California Requirements. a. Single pipe supports shall be "Super Strut" approval R.003 or equal. b. Trapeze supports shall be "Super strut" approval R.020 or equal.

2. Pipe Hangers shall be as follows:
a. Horizontal waste, vent and storm drain piping shall be:

1. 10" and smaller: Super Strut No. C-711 or equal.
b. Horizontal Gas Piping: Super Strut No. C-711 or equal. c. Horizontal Cold Water Piping: Super Strut No. C-711F or equal. d. Horizontal Hot Water Piping: Super Strut No. C-710 with C-790 or equal. e. Vertical Piping: Super Strut No. C-720 or equal.
f. Parallel Multiple Pipe Runs: Super Strut No. A-1202 channels with No. 702 pipe clamps for steel pipe and No. 701 pipe clamps for copper pipe.

3. Isolators: Stoneman Series 100 "Trisolator", or Super Strut No. C-715.

4. Connectors:
a. Bolt on locations and structure shall be Super Strut No. C-755-L or U-563 or equal. b. Cast in place inserts shall be Super Strut No. 452 or No. C-302 or equal. c. Steel Deck Inserts shall be Super Strut No. C-4745 or equal.

5. Hanger Rods: Shall be Carbon steel Cold Drawn, continuous threads, Super Strut H-104 or equal.

K. Traps, Strainers and Tailpieces: Every sanitary fixture, unless otherwise specified, shall be provided with a 17 gauge chromium tailpiece, a Los Angeles pattern cast brass trap, and wall flanges. Provide chromium plated brass casing between the trap and wall flanges with each fixture.

L. Fixture Supplies:

1. Supplies to lavatories, sinks and flush tank water closets shall be rigid and shall be equipped with chromium plated and polished screwed type angle compression stops with loose key square shank stems and lock shields extending beyond the stem as manufactured by "T & S Brass" or "Chicago" or approved equal.

2. Each supply or pipe which passes through or into wall, floor, ceiling, or furred space shall be equipped with a chromium plated and polished cast brass flange with a set screw.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING
A. Before laying of any pipe or digging of any trenches, the Contractor shall determine by actual excavation and measurement the exact locations and depth of existing utility and service lines to which he is to connect. In event depth of existing soil and waste lines is not sufficient to permit installation of piping as detailed on drawings or to make connection in manner indicated, the Contractor shall confer with the Architect and Owner’s representative before proceeding with this work. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP PLUMBING
22 00 00 - 9
B. The Contractor shall brace or crib all excavation and pump all water where required to prevent caving.

Prior to bid the contractor shall inspect the ground where excavation is required to ascertain the structure of the soil. Additional consideration will not be allowed for unfavorable excavating conditions or for the encountering of stone, shale, or other substances.

C. The Contractor shall do all necessary trenching, excavation, shoring, backfilling, and compaction required for the proper laying of the pipe lines. The Contractor shall cooperate with the work to be done under separate sections in providing information as to openings required in rough walls, slabs and footings.

1. Backfill shall be clean soil free from rocks and debris. Compact to 90% of surrounding soil.

2. All pipes shall have not less than 18" of cover unless otherwise indicated ont he drawings.

D. Ascertain that all chases, shafts and openings are properly located; otherwise the Contractor shall cut all new openings required at his own expense and shall be held responsible for any damage done to other work unnecessary and/or careless cutting and drilling. No cutting, notching, or boring will be allowed that may impair strength of building construction; no holes, except for small screws, shall be drilled in beams or other structural members, without obtaining prior consent of the Architect. Execute all work with competent workman skilled in material involved. Patching materials and workmanship shall accurately match original work.

E. Trenches:

1. Dig straight to line and grade, bottom smoothed of any rock points. Where rock is encountered, excavate 3" below grade of the pipe and lay entire length on undisturbed original earth or placed sand. The bottom of trenches shall be shaped or packed for the pipe and duct fittings, hubs and couplings, using templates to fit the outside periphery of the lower third of the piping or ductwork.

F. Shoring:

1. All necessary shoring, sheeting and pumping shall be part of the work of this Section.

G. Holes in concrete: Sleeves shall be furnished, accurately located and installed in forms before pouring of concrete. The Contractor shall pay all additional costs of cutting of holes as a result of the incorrect location of sleeves.

3.2 PIPING, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT
A. Pipe joints and connections:

1. Approved elastomeric ring joints, flexible compression joints, and no-hub couplings are acceptable and shall be by M.G., Ideal, or approved equal.

2. provide sufficient swing joints, ball joints, expansion loops, and devices necessary for seismic joints or flexible piping system drainage.

3. Copper tubing with solder joints shall be made up with 95/5 solder in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for the service intended. Threaded adapters shall be used where required.

B. All piping passing through finished floors, ceilings, partitions or walls exposed to view shall be provided with chromium plated escutcheons. Escutcheons for insulated pipes shall fit over the insulation.

C. Isolate all water piping from clamps and pipe hangers with "Stoneman" Series 100 or by "Super Strut" No. C-715 isolators.

D. Where pipes pierce roof, extend pipe 7" above finished roof, except where specifically required to exceed this dimension by the applicable plumbing code, and provide roof flashing. 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP PLUMBING
22 00 00 - 10
E. Support each pipe independently from other pipes. Do not use wire or plumbers tape for hanging or strapping pipes.

F. Pipe Sleeves:

1. All piping through any concrete floors, walls and roof shall have pipe sleeves installed before the concrete is poured. Space between piping and sleeve shall be packed with non-combustible material. Sleeves through floors shall be made watertight with mastic, non-staining compound which leaves a finished smooth appearance, or pack with noncombustible rope, or fiberglass to within 1/2" of both wall faces, and provide plastic water-proof compound.

2. All piping through any partition shall have 1/4" minimum clearance all around. Install sleeves to protect piping from being anchored by the partition material. Pack space between sleeve and pipe with incombustible material.

3. Piping through any sound partition shall have 1/2" clearance between pipe and wall construction, this space shall be solidly caulked both sides of the wall.

4. Pipe penetrations through any existing concrete shall be core drilled. The opening through concrete shall be approximately 3/4" larger than pipe O.D. Space between pipe and concrete shall be caulked to full concrete thickness with a fire rated material. For vertical penetrations, caulk so that as little damage as possible shall be done to existing and remaining walls, floors, ceilings, and structural members.

5. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not run piping through transformer vaults and other electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures.

G. Screwed steel piping shall be properly reamed. Pipe joint compound shall be "rectorseal" and shall be applied to male threads only.

H. Copper tubing shall be cut with copper tube cutters sized with a sizing tool and thoroughly cleaned before application of flux or solder.

I. Welded pipe shall be plain end and with beveled end fittings complying with ASA B16-9.

J. Copper tubing systems shall have IPS read brass pipe or nipples at all connections requiring rigidity (at equipment, through roof, at anchors, etc.)
K. Unions and Flanges:

1. Provide union and flanges at each connection to equipment and downstream of each valve.

Install unions at both ends of valves, strainers, etc., when the valves, etc., could not be turned due to an obstruction.

L. Piping in any partitions, through plates, studs, etc., shall have sufficient clearance from the structure to allow for expansion and contraction of the piping. No bare piping shall touch wood, concrete, etc., at any time.

M. All closet bends, trap arms below floor, etc., shall be adequately blocked and secured. All piping installed above grade within buildings shall be secured to structural framing with Unistrut or pipe clamps to provide a rigid installation.

N. Isolate all Water Piping from structure with minimum 3/8" thick felt pads.

O. Pipe Hangers and Supports:

1. Securely fasten piping and equipment to building construction with hangers, supports, guides anchors or sway braces to maintain pipe alignment, maintain rigidity and to prevent noise or 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP PLUMBING
22 00 00 - 11
excessive strain on piping due to uncontrolled movement under operating conditions. Supports shall be designed for safety factor of 5 to 1 for gross weight of piping system including fluid and insulation.

2. Fasten rods to structural steel members with suitable beam clamps or to concrete inserts set flush with the surface. Install a reinforcing rod through opening in the concrete insert. Do not burn, weld or drill structural member unless prior approval is obtained from the Architect.

3. Where hanger rods are longer than 18 inches, provide a lateral brace every fourth hanger. Do not support any piping by wire, rope, wood or other makeshift devices. Provide adequate additional steel support. Where building construction does not permit the hanger spacing as scheduled, coordinate with the Architect and structural engineer prior to bid and submit location details for review.

4. Each hanger shall be adjusted to carry its proper share of the load.

5. Provide sway bracing at every fifth hanger. Additional supports and/or braces shall be installed if, during test or normal operation, the piping should sway, crawl of vibrate.

6. Piping below any ductwork shall be supported from wall or on a trapeze with hanger rods outside of ductwork.

7. All piping, including valves, etc., shall be supported independently of equipment; no piping weight or stress due to expansion and contraction shall be transmitted to the equipment.

8. All insulated piping shall be provided with Super Strut No. C-790 steel protection shields between insulation and pipe hangers.

9. Pipe Hanger Spacing:
a. Vertical risers shall be supported at their bases and at each floor minimum. b. Horizontal piping spacing shall be as follows unless otherwise noted:

Material Size Center to Center
Steel 1/2" 6 feet
Steel 3/4" to 1" 8 feet
Steel 1-1/4" and larger 10 feet
Copper 1/2" to 1-1/2" 6 feet
Copper 2" and larger 10 feet
Cast Iron 1-1/2" and larger 5 feet and
at each fitting.
c. Hanger Rods, threaded:

Pipe Sizes Rod Sizes
(inches) (inch diameter)
2" and smaller 3/8"
2-1/2" and 3" 1/2"
4" 5/8"
d. Install a hanger within 12" of each change or direction and for each branch 5'-0" and longer.

10. All suspended no-hub cast iron piping shall be provided with cross bracing at a minimum 20 foot intervals and as recommended by the manufacturer.

11. All piping shall be laterally and longitudinally braced per S.M.A.C.N. and P.P.I.C. standards.

P. Installation of plumbing fixtures:

1. Install each fixture at the exact height and location shown on the architectural drawings.

2. Set fixtures, supplies, traps and trap outlets square with the wall, in line with fixture outlets without 5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP PLUMBING
22 00 00 - 12
offsets, angles, or bends.

3. Grout joint between fixture and wall or floor with silicone sealant to provide a smooth, even, and watertight seal.

4. Watertight joints for drainage connections to all fixtures shall be made in accordance with the Uniform Plumbing Code.

5. Furnish all fixture complete with necessary trim and stops, chrome plated brass, including tailpieces, traps and escutcheons.

6. Connections to fixtures shall be in accordance with code requirements except as exceeded herein or on the Drawings, and in no case smaller than the supply stop size. Minimum waste sizes shall be 4" for water closets and 2" for lavatories.

7. Steel plate supports for wall hung fixtures shall be 3/8" thick by 6" wide steel plate recessed and lag screwed into wood studs or welded to steel studs and tapped for fixture bolts. Length and number of plates shall be as required to satisfactorily support the fixture to be installed. Plate shall be anchored to not less than three studs.

Q. All equipment, fixtures, etc... shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.

R. Flexible gas piping will not be permitted.

S. All piping penetrating the roof shall be separated from other piping and any roof equipment by a minimum of 18" to insure a proper pipe flashing installation.

T. For corrosive soil conditions, all cast iron floor sinks, floor drains, etc., shall be completely surrounded by 12" of sand on all sides.

3.3 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES
A. Interruption of any existing services shall be kept to a minimum. Shutdowns shall be made only with approval of and at times designated by the Owner.

3.4 TEMPORARY SERVICES
A. Provide temporary services that will meet exiting demand when any existing services are interrupted in connection with work of this section beyond the period of time acceptable and approved by the Owner.

3.5 CANNING OPENINGS AND HANGER INSERTS
A. The Contractor is to make out, subject to the approval of the Engineer, the exact dimensions and positions of cannings which may be required in floors, roofs, ceilings or walls for the passage of piping, tubes, etc.

The area of any opening is not to be larger than absolutely necessary for the proper fitting of the piping, tubes, etc. The Contractor shall furnish plans and elevations, where necessary, showing the sizes and locations of all cans and required fittings through the building structure, and the locations and sizes of all inserts of hanger rods, anchors and other suspension points.

3.6 TESTING
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and equipment necessary and perform all required testing of all piping, fixtures, equipment, and accessories installed under this Section of the specification. All such plumbing installations shall be tested, repaired, and adjusted to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative and all governing authorities.

B. The Contractor shall perform all pressure tests required by codes, utility companies, and local governing authorities.
5d.2

BRAWLEY LIONS CENTER POOL

BRAWLEY, CA

AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP PLUMBING
22 00 00 - 13
C. Leaks shall be repaired by remaking with new material. No makeshift leak stopping methods are acceptable.

D. Should any piece of equipment or material fail in any of the tests, it shall be immediately removed and replaced with new; the system shall again be tested by the Contractor. Damaged equipment and materials shall be considered as "totally damaged" and any variance from this clause shall be made only with written approval of the Architect.

3.7 STERILIZATION OF DOMESTIC WATER LINES
A. Sterilize all domestic water lines from the meter to all outlets. This work shall be performed by an independent company specializing in this work.

B. Submit sterilization report to Architect for approval and indicate that the Coliform-Aerogenes organisms are negative, that the total plate count is less than 100 bacteria per cc, that the water is safe for consumption, and the job location.

3.8 COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION
A. Clean all equipment and materials thoroughly.

B. Show no tool marks or threads on exposed plated, polished, or enameled connections from fixtures. Tape finished surfaces to prevent damage during plastering.

C. Flush each unit of water supply and distribution system thoroughly with clean water at the highest velocities attainable.

D. Clean all piping, valves, traps, strainers, water heaters, tanks, etc., thoroughly and flush or blow out until free of scale, oil, silt, sediment, pipe dope, and all foreign matter of any kind.

END OF SECTION
5d.2
SWIMMING POOL DEMOLITION PLANDP-1 These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the commencement of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATENO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2025 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION 2025.033 CJM GSF

LIONS CENTER POOL
225 A STREET
BRAWLEY, CALIFORNIA 92227 08/28/2025 L I CENSED ARCH I TECTSTAT E OF CA L I FORN I A REN. 07/31/27 GREGORY S . FERRELL C-35802 4'-0" 1'-6" 6'-0"
8'-0" 8'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-6"
6'-0"
4'-6"
6'-0" 1
DEMOLITION/ SCOPE OF WORK: LEGEND
CD CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL 5AWCUT Tf-lE EXISTING FOOL FLOOR A5 REQUIRED TO REMOVE AND REFLACE ALL UNDER FOOL FIFING AND FLOOR INLETS A5 INDICATED FER FLAN. REFAIR FLOOR El'r DOWELING IN NEW REINFORCEMENT AND NEW CONCRETE FER DETAILS TO FROVIDE A COMFLETEL 1 OFERATIONAL AND FUNCTIONAL CIRCULATION 515TEM AND ALL OTf-lER FIFING A5 REQUIRED TO FROVIDE A FULL 1 OFERATIONAL AQUATICS FACILIT'r. ® REMOVE EXISTING MAIN DRAIN FRAMES, GRATES AND 5UMF5 COMFLETE. INSTALL NEW 'DALDORADO' MAIN DRAINS, FRAMES, GRATES, AN5 5UMF5 18"x36" FER FLAN. Tf-lE CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL CERTIF'r Tf-lE MAIN DRAIN 515TEM5 A5 V.G.EI. COMFLIANT. Tf-lE CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL ENSURE Tf-lAT MAIN DRAINS MEET CURRENT 5TANDARD5 AND ARE CERTIFIED WITf-l CURRENT REQUIREMENTS.

Tf-lE CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL FROVIDE A SUFFICIENT NUMEIER OF WORKERS TO ENSURE Tf-lAT Tf-lE ENTIRE FOOL CAN ElE
FLA5TERED IN A SINGLE DA'r OR 5f-lALL FROVIDE CONTINUAL MISTING OF FLA5TERED 5URFACE5 TO INSURE Tf-lAT FLA5TER 15 NOT EXFO5ED TO Tf-lE AIR FOR A FERIOD OF TIME Wf-llCf-l WOULD CAUSE DAMAGE IN AN'r WA'r.

MD
Fl
MAIN DRAIN @@ = = FLOOR INLET SF'-4
G) Tf-lE CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL COORDINATE DEMOLITION WITf-l ALL OTf-lER TRADES, AND 5f-lALL FROTECT ALL EXISTING WORK, EIUILDING5, AND UTILITIES. Tf-lE CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL FIELD VERIF'r LOCATION OF AND FROTECT ALL UNDERWATER LIGf-lTING CONDUIT, WATER/5EWER/5TORM DRAIN LINE5, ETC. TO REMAIN A5 REQUIRED FOR RENOVATION OF SWIMMING FOOL.
to\ COORDINATE INGRE55/EGRE55 AND f-lAUL ROUTES WITf-l Tf-lE OWNER FRIOR TO 5TART OF '-V WORK
r.'I EXISTING SWIMMING FOOL FLAN 15 5f-lOWN FOR CONTRACTOR INFORMATION AND A5515TANCE. \.'.'.,/ Tf-lE CONTRACTOR 15 RE5FON51EILE FOR INDIVIDUAL SQUARE FOOTAGE TAKE-OFF5 AND G)
E5TIMATION5 WITf-l REGARD TO DEMOLITION, FREFARATION, A5 WELL A5 MEAN5 AND METf-lOD5 OF CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL VISIT Tf-lE 51TE A5 REQUIRED TO ACCOMFLl5f-l Tf-lE WORK, AND TO EIECOME FAMILIAR WITf-l 5COFE AND 5ERVICE5 OF WORK REQUIRED. REFER TO NEW FOOL LA'rOUT FLAN IN COORDINATION WITf-l CONTRACTOR FIELD LA'rOUT AND EXISTING INFORMATIONAL FLAN5.

COORDINATE FROFO5ED CONTRACTOR STAGING AREA WITf-l Tf-lE OWNER FRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. FROVIDE TEMFORAR'r Ff-lONE, TOILET(5), FENCING, GATE5, ETC. A5 REQUIRED.

CONTRACTOR 15 TO Ff-lOTOGRAFf-l AND DOCUMENT ON A FLAN AN'r AND ALL EXISTING DAMAGED ITEM5/5URFACE5. FINl5f-lE5 IN AND IMMEDIATEL 1 AROUND Tf-lE WORK AREA AND ALONG ALL WORK FATf-45 FROM STAGING AREA FRIOR TO Tf-lE 5TART OF WORK.

CONTRACTOR 15 TO 51TE WALK ALL EXISTING DAMAGED AREA5 WITf-l Tf-lE OWNER AND FROVIDE A COF'r OF Tf-lE Ff-lOTOGRAFf-45 AND DOCUMENTATION EIEFORE WORK EIEGIN5. FAILURE TO FROVIDE Tf-415 INFORMATION REFRE5ENT5 ACCEFTANCE El'r Tf-lE CONTRACTOR Tf-lAT ALL EXISTING SURROUNDING FINl5f-lE5 (CONCRETE, AC FAYING, FLOORING, ETC.) AND ALL GATE5, DOOR5, FATf-lWA15, ETC. ARE UNDAMAGED AND IN CLEAN AND FUNCTIONING CONDITION, AND CONTRACTOR ACCEFT5 Tf-lE RE5FON51EllLIT'r TO MAINTAIN AND CORRECT AN'r DAMAGE LATER FOUND El'r Tf-lE OWNER DURING CONSTRUCTION FERIOD IN Tf-lE5E AREA5 AT NO EXFEN5E TO Tf-lE OWNER.

REMOVE ALL EXISTING SWIMMING FOOL FINl5f-lE5 INCLUDING FLA5TER, TILE, ETC. DOWN TO ORIGINAL 5OUND CONCRETE/5f-lOTCRETE. AN'r CRACKS LARGE ENOUGf-l TO INSERT Tf-lE EDGE OF A DIME INTO, 5f-lALL EIE Cf-llFFED OUT TO A MINIMUM OF 34 "x34" AND Tf-lEN FILLED FLU5f-l WITf-l NON-5f-lRINK GROUT. ALL EXFO5ED REEIAR, RU5T 5FOT5, ETC. 5f-lALL EIE EIU5f-lED DOWN ii/2" EIELOW FINl5f-l SURFACE, ZINC COATED AND FILLED FLU5f-l WITf-l NON-5f-lRINK GROUT. AN'r OTf-lER IMFERFECTION5 IN Tf-lE FOOL 5f-lELL 5f-lALL EIE REFAIRED FRIOR TO INSTALLING NEW TILED LANE LINE5, END WALL T ARGET5, 4'-6" DEFTf-l TILE, AND 5TEF TRIM TILE. 5AW CUT EIELOW WATERLINE TILE AND FRE5ERVE EXISTING FOOL WATER LINE TILE, EIOND EIEAM TILE, AND GUTTER GRATING. REFAIR AN'r

DAMAGED DUE TO DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION
l<--x:---
., ___ _
•
a-, REFLACE EXISTING FOOL TILE INCLUDING ALL RACING LANE LINE5, END '--=-1 WALL TARGETS, ElONDEIEAM AND WATERLINE TILE, AND DEFTf-l MARKERS. DEFTf-l MARKERS 5f-lALL EIE LOCATED AT MAXIMUM 25'-0" O.C. AROUND ENTIRE FOOL FERIMETER AND 5f-lALL f-lAVE MINIMUM 4" TALL NUMEIER5 AND LETTERS. FROVIDE NEW INTERNATIONAL 'NO DIVING' TILE5 AT ALL DEFTf-l MARKER LOCATIONS b'-0" DEFTf-l OR 5f-lALLOWER. FREFARE ALL 5URFACE5 TO RECEIVE NEW TILE FER FLAN5. CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL AL5O REFLACE EXFAN51ON JOINT
MATERIAL AND TILE FRIOR TO FLA5TERING.
r,;;;,, Tf-lE OWNER 5f-lALL IDENTIF'r Tf-lE SWIMMING FOOL FILL WATER SOURCE FROM CLO5E5T FIRE f-l'rDRANT AND 5f-lALL FA1 FOR Tf-lE WATER TO FILL Tf-lE FOOL. Tf-lE CONTRACTOR 15 RE5FON51EILE FOR FIRE f-lO6E, f-lO5E5, FILLING AND FROTECTION OF FLA5TER 5URFACE5. FILL SOURCE 5f-lALL EIE EILOWN-OFF INITIALL 1 TO FROVIDE A CLEAN DOMESTIC WATER SOURCE. Tf-lE CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL FROVIDE CONTINUOUS FILL UNTIL Tf-lE WATER 15 AT OFERATIONAL LEVEL. Tf-lE CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL EIE RE5FON51EILE FOR CLEANING AND EIALANCING OF Tf-lE FOOL WATER FOR A FERIOD OF NOT LE55 Tf-lAN FOURTEEN <14) DA15 AFTER FLA5TER Tf-lE CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL COORDINATE Tf-lEIR EFFORTS WITf-l OWNERS 5TAFF TO FROVIDE INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING IN FROFER OFERATION OF FOOL IN CONJUNCTION WITf-l NEW FLA5TER 5URFACE5.

L£'i ®t FROVIDE NEW FOOL FLOOR IN f-lATCf-lED AREA5. KE'r NEW FLOOR INTO EXISTING FOOL FLOOR FER DETAIL.
@ Tf-lE CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL ENSURE Tf-lAT ALL 5URFACE5 ARE FREFARED TO RECEIVE FLA5TER FINl5f-l. WEATf-lER CONDITIONS 5f-lALL EIECOME A CRITICAL FART OF WORK AND 5f-lALL EIE TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION AT Tf-lE TIME OF FLA5TER
AFFLICATION.

W @ CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL REMOVE EXISTING EXFAN51ON JOINT Tf-lROUGf-l FLOOR, WALL5 AND GUTTER AND REFLACE WITf-l NEW FOOL STRUCTURE FER PET AIL.
@ CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL FRE55URE TE5T ALL EXISTING FOOL FIFING IN ADDITION TO Tf-lE KNOWN FAILED FLOOR INLET FIFING FROM FOOL VE55EL EIACK TO MECf-lANICAL ROOM. CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL FROVIDE A WRITTEN REFORT EIACK TO OWNER5f-llF AND
ARCf-llTECT DOCUMENTING ALL FIFING TE5T5. IF A FRE55URE TE5T FAIL5 ON AN'r FOOL LINE Tf-lE CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL INFORM Tf-lE OWNER AND ARCf-llTECT AND FROVIDE A CO5T TO 5NAKE Tf-lE FIFING WITf-l A CAMERA AND FROVIDE A CO5T TO REMOVE DECK OR OTf-lER INFRASTRUCTURE TO REFLACE ALL DAMAGED FIFING.

CONTINUE TO FRE55URE TE5T AFTER EACf-l FIX TO ENSURE Tf-lAT ALL LEAK5 AND DAMAGES ARE REFAIRED FRIOR TO FLACING
NEW TILE AND FLA5TER AND EIEFORE FILLING VE55EL WITf-l
WATER.

Tf-lE CONTRACTOR 5f-lALL REFAIR OR REFLACE AN'r ITEM5

DAMAGED DUE TO DEMOLITION AND/OR CONSTRUCTION, AT NO
CO5T TO Tf-lE OWNER INCLUDING EIUT NOT LIMITED TO UTILITIES, FITTINGS, EQUIFMENT, ANCf-lOR5, ETC.

SWIMMING POOL DAT A

SURFACE AREA

FERIMETER
DEFTf-l
VOLUME
b f-lR TURNOVER
= = = = =
9,283 5Q. FT.
488 FT.
3 1 -6 11 TO 12 1 -IZ> 11
405,230 GAL.
1,126 GFM
GO
Av
EJ
FV
ElFV
AFF.
<E)
<N)
=
=
= =
=
=
=
=

GUTTER OUTLET

AIR VENT
EXFAN51ON JOINT

FLOAT VALVE
EIUTTERFL 1 VALVE
AEIOVE FINl5f-lED FLOOR

EXISTING
NEW

AREA OF FOOL FLOOR REMOVAL
AREA OF DOUElLE Tf-llCK

FOOL FLOOR REMOVAL
• • • • ,-,--x---,--x:-,--x--x:--x,--x ---~ ,-- --•:--x:--•--><----,-•-· --•---,-•:-.---x,---,----•--,--•_---:,---x:--x:--••--•:::_c?, - ~: -x-,--• --•--•--•--x:---::x --•--•--•--•:--• / ·-
.
...
•
---'--'-----2::::c~-'-----------'-'----c-__:_ __ _______ ___:__~ ~---j~-__:_f-'--_-~ _ ___:_r---+-___:__+-__ -+-_--~---t-------t-----------;,t/ • (E)
MECf-lANI
AREA
x 5EE 5f-lE
MR-I
• • •
10" 5URGE-~---
Cf-lAMEIER "
AT <h" A.FF. TEE SUCTION l [E
(N) FUMF FIT
/
.. \
/ \ .-. '
10" FLOOR -~
INLET
RETURN
---1~''--~
10" MAIN
D , IN
5U :TION
/
/ .----1--~------1~----'-,/
<E> STORAGE
UNIT
8"
-----
14'-b" I ~I,-- 14'-611
l1 II "2 /" • --,,,,
" 2' " 8'

1.3 ' b
10'
• 5LOFE _I% MN.
----
--,-,..,.-,.--- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
F
14'-i&II
8"
b"
./
14'-b" '-0 1'-i&II
,'
I
I- -
I _.,/
1-/-/~/~/-;//7·•-//-T l ___ ]i!jjlf,_,.I_~
/
21 2 II

I I I I I I
\
-7
I
-
Q
-
Ill
-
Ill
-
-"' ' -
. "1"
-
Q
"1".
-
I
• 5f-lADE
• • • • • • • <E>
WADING

FOOL TO
• REMAIN CD CD •
•--xc--x:~-••--•--':--x--x,--x--x--x--:.....--'---------~----~---------~----~-------1/ ' "' \11 - LAWN
<E> 5
5TRU
_,./'////
DOUBLE Tf-llCK

FOOL FLOOR
r
•
•
•
/ 5f-lADE \
J // (E) 5f-lADE \
•
X
• •
"
• •
"
X
•
X
r / STRUCTURE. ·
\.·---• 6---------o---(~,-) ------o------~====t-'/ ,,/ o-/ -/ ----,--0-------<o-------o...ft;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;~"l:;,"'L_ ---x===-=====:i:x-=z1c.. •---x--'-::;-·--1.:. ... •'=--.--;: •==========•=======:±:l==~x~=====·\=.l'.=i ,- •---•---•--••--•--•:--x:---•:---•- --•:--•--•--•--' x- X X X \;/ X z X z ,ct tx z X - X X •
SWIMMING POOL DEMOLITION PLAN Va''=l'-(2')''
NORTf-l
' AQUATIC

DESIGN GROUP
2226 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008
AquaticDesignGroup.com
760.438.8400
-
'[ 'I *
5d.2
These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the commencement of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATENO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2025 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION 2025.033 CJM GSF

LIONS CENTER POOL
225 A STREET
BRAWLEY, CALIFORNIA 92227 08/28/2025 L I CENSED ARCH I TECTSTAT E OF CA L I FORN I A REN. 07/31/27 GREGORY S . FERRELL C-35802 SWIMMING POOL SECTIONS DP-2 A B D
11-911
,,
<EJJLC!>
-
0 21'-2 II
14'-0" 11'-8"
-
0 -
0 REMOVE EXISTING FOOL

FLOOR AND PROVIDE NEW

FER FLAN AND PET AILS
10 1-811
24'-0"
121'-lv2 "
111'-4½"
-
II\
-
~O.: -' >- NIc_ ___ FROVIDE 12" OF CAL TRANS 34" CLASS 2 CRUS!-!ED ROCK, COMPACTED TO A
MINIMUM OF '90%. MOISTURE CONDITION TO
SLIG!-!TLY OVER OPTIMUM FER
GEOTEC!-!NICAL RECOMMENDATIONS. FIELD

VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND
GEOTEC!-!NICAL ENGINEER Sl-!ALL VERIFY.

TYPICAL UNDER NEW FLOOR AREAS.

SWIMMING POOL SECTION
1'"1611 7';-&11 7';-611 7'-;(b II 7'-!611

I I I I I
_,___,_..,~,l,-__,_,._,.,__-+--'----"--"'--,1,-------'---'-"c_-+--'-~--+-,,_-'-7 __-,' '-"'"''-"-44-l 1 - 9 11 I

I I I I I
'
I ' I I I I I .-+-+--IWATERLEVEL
'
I
' ' ' '

I - I I
! 5:5 I ' ' 00.: ' ' ' -' >- I
'
I
'
1-L..;,l..-n-,;;=a
.-+--b" WATERLINE TILE
-- --- -----
- - -
- - -
0 0 0
-' -' -' N N N
~ ~--PROVIDE 12" OF CAL TRANS 34" CLASS 2
CRUS!-!ED ROCK, COMPACTED TO A
- - - - - - - - - - -
_,,_ MINIMUM OF '90%. MOISTURE CONDITION TO

REMOVE EXISTING FOOL

FLOOR AND PROVIDE NEW

FER FLAN AND PET AILS
SLIG!-!TLY OVER OPTIMUM FER
GEOTEC!-!NICAL RECOMMENDATIONS. FIELD

VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND
GEOTEC!-!NICAL ENGINEER Sl-!ALL VERIFY.

TYPICAL UNDER NEW FLOOR AREAS.

SWIMMING POOL SECTION
&3 1-6 11
46 1-6 11 5' -IZ'"
S,.'-/oll 71_1o11 7'-t&" 7'-&" 71_&11 7 1-6 11 S,.'-&11 12"

71.,1o11 1';-(o" 7'-6'' 71..,1o11 71-,1& 11 71_1o11

I I I I
' ' ' '
C
WATERLEVEL--1-+--
b" WATERLINE TILE-+-.

I I
'
I
_
I
I
'
3 I =
'
I -
I
' 0
I ' -
DOWEL •4 "' 12" O.C. AROUND FOOL:

PERIMETER AT NEW FLOOR TO

EXISTING WALL TYPICAL
5F'-!; ' ' t 0.: ' '-!l '
I .:.1=<E~ <E
-'
fl 11 11 ,111 11illml 11ml I 1111 111 111 1I1 111 _ 1, ,illmill,, ,ill;, ,ill,, ;ill EXISTING 2"~ CORE AT
8' -0" O.C. E.W. Tl-!ROUC:il-!OUT
EXISTING FLOOR AT RAISED PORTION.
--EXISTING 5!-!OTCRETE FLOOR
c__---FROVIDE 12" OF CALTRAN5 34" CLA55 2
CRU5l-lED ROCK, COMPACTED TO A
MINIMUM OF '90%. MOISTURE CONDITION TO
SLIG!-!TL Y OVER OPTIMUM FER
GEOTEC!-!NICAL RECOMMENDATIONS. FIELD

VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND
GEOTEC!-!NICAL ENGINEER 5!-!ALL VERIFY.

TYPICAL UNDER NEW FLOOR AREAS.

SWIMMING POOL SECTION
(
N
t

EW TRIM TILE ON
EAC!-l 5TEF
EXISTING 5TEF5
5!-!ALLOW END FLOOR AREA 15 DOU6LE
Tl-!ICK FROM A FREVIOU5 REMODEL. Tl-115
AREA 5!-!ALL 6E DEMOLl5!-!ED A5
REQUIRED WIT!-! EXTRA CAUTION AND
CARE.
24'-0"
-
to.: -' >- NISFRINGLINE
4 5F-4
4" WIDE STRIF OF

CONTRASTING TILE
;AT 4'-b" DEFT!-! <FIELD

VERIFY EXACT LOCATION
OF DEFT!-!).
75'-0" (25 YD)
" ,l\,,,lil';;ill , .lil';;ill , , ill , ,11

REMOVE EXISTING FOOL

FLOOR AND PROVIDE NEW

FER FLAN AND PET AILS
c_---FROVIDE 12" OF CAL TRANS 34" CLASS 2
CRUS!-!ED ROCK, COMPACTED TO A
MINIMUM OF '90%. MOISTURE CONDITION TO
SLIG!-!TL Y OVER OPTIMUM FER
GEOTEC!-!NICAL RECOMMENDATIONS. FIELD

VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND
GEOTEC!-!NICAL ENGINEER Sl-!ALL VERIFY.

TYPICAL UNDER NEW FLOOR AREAS.
--+-WATERLEVEL
r-t--NEW 1 b" WATERLINE TILE
II0'-6 11
-
"'
,, ,, ,,
---WATERLEVEL
~-6" WATERLINE TILE
5!-!ALLOW END FLOOR AREA 15 DOU6LE
Tl-!ICK FROM A PREVIOUS REMODEL. Tl-115
AREA 5!-!ALL 6E DEMOLl5!-!ED A5
REQUIRED WIT!-! EXTRA CAUTION AND
CARE.

EXISTING 2"~ CORE AT 8'-0"
O.C. E.W. Tl-!ROUC:il-!OUT
EXISTING Sl-!ALLOW END
FLOOR AT RAISED PORTION.

SWIMMING POOL SECTION
' AQUATIC

DESIGN GROUP
2226 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008
AquaticDesignGroup.com
760.438.8400
fl~~/
- z: 'I *
-~1
5d.2
These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the commencement of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATENO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2025 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION 2025.033 CJM GSF

LIONS CENTER POOL
225 A STREET
BRAWLEY, CALIFORNIA 92227 08/28/2025 L I CENSED ARCH I TECTSTAT E OF CA L I FORN I A REN. 07/31/27 GREGORY S . FERRELL C-35802 SWIMMING POOL LAYOUT PLANSP-1 -r- -,I) - - r- -.\) ' -' r- -,I) - - r- -.\) ' ' - - r- - -.\) ,I) ' ' i- - * _-.\) -,I) -' r- - ' -'\) r- -,I) -r- --.\) ------ - - ,I) r- -II) ' ' -01 ' 1 <EJIM <E>RF
•
<E>RF·
<EJIM •
---,Ht-----
<E>RF·
(E)DM
12 1-011
•
<E>RF
4'-0f 8'-l0V," f
1 l6 1-S 11
I <E> UL
-
E) R . IEi'I ••
E> LJL c' 1" • _.,,.-\-;;-a;,.----J
--\
E> RA
<E> UL
/ ~.MMD.
. f ~8"X30"
• "
<E> UL
32'-l0"
<E> UL
.....,.-,.....-
- ---
-
-!l I
.-' I Q -1
'I
I
I
I.

I
<E) UL
0 (E) MGC
32'-10"
_____ ,---
1 I I I
. I
. I
I
I
•• · .. 1 •
I I
lr&'-0"
---..L_ ____ _
I04'-lv2 " (E,0 M)
I0'-0'i
32 1-~/4. 11 I
16'-tZl"
32'-10"
7' (b''
, r ,
'
I
1'-0" ./' 1'-0" t 1'-0" t 1'-1&" ./'"11'-S" 71_611 ./'
'
I
'
I ,
' '
I I
' '
I I
' '
'
I
'
I
'
'
I
'
I
'
~-j~I f:5:~F <~>Rf<.E4JM\',E_)RF
<E.MGC
0 E>RF <b) RF( ) I M • • • • I
_!;,)_RA_ - {E_l &fl -
NJ ISM <E> UL
I
I
I
. I
I
. I
-,-,---
- ..,...,~-
I f=IELD VERl!=Y EXACT
!1-,0CATION OF (N) 4" WIDF---------1 ~TRIF OF CONTRASTING .• 1 TILE AT 4'-1&" DEFTH
• = I
QI
-' I
11)1
~(2Y4\ :~

I I I I I
. . .

I I
<E> UL _j_ 7EJU-<E>R°f....)~E>R,tS-)-l.Jl.- - - - - -7E> U __f~'- -
-.\)
= 1'E>5 ! E,'-01~-P--
(ffi -
--------•
= '<E>e5
>&\NEW TRIM Tl
-' ON EACH 5 -.\) =
\_ __ <E
-
-.\)
<:O
-
-.\)
•
(,)R
, I
I ,
, I
I ,
~'-------'--'
'
I
'
I
-
. ,I)
'
'
I
'
I
-
<E> RA
-i&''_(E) UL_<
<E>DM 31_i&11
Ej)
....
-·--•.....;...
p
'

I' ' , I I

I' ' , I I
-
01 -
"' <E) LAD in 'I"
- - -
____,__ =
E) N'.11 = "' _,
----,,\-_ - ' - i- Q = ' -.\)
<E> 65 ' in ,'..
•-------------
____ ,!) __
<j}J?,M i- --.\)
' ' -r- - -
-.\)
----r--
,I)
' i-- = (1)
E.MGC '\) -sf"
-----------
-
-.\) -
- "' r-
____ -.\) __
-' r- --
' -.\) ' -r-
____ ,!) __
<E>DM - 4'-i:2>" r
-----------
-
-.\)
II)
'
-
-.\)
-' r--
01 ' -'
- -
(J1 ' -' 3' -le," <l.) II)
•------~ = -
65 Q -ll
3'-011
TYF.
-
- II) ,I)
N Q -
-' -.\)
II) '
-
"' ' -"'
' l' -'9' 7'-tb II ' 7'-6" 7'-r&" ' 7'-611 7'-6" ' 7'-6" l'-'911 12 11 t::::;;~~-,.__;Si_C' -c_!/c;>~·~· .______:::11'-' ~lc>i,_'''_' -+-_:1[',' -c_!lc>i,_'''_' -+-_:1[',' -ljlc>~'_'_' -+-_:1}'' _-_j-le,~" -+-_:1}'' _±10~" ~!:>2'''_-_-le,~",_ 32'-l0"
I04'-lv," <E>0 HJ

SWIMMING POOL LAYOUT PLAN
-
Q
' -II) rSWIMMING POOL DAT A SURFACE AREA FERIMETER DEFTH VOLUME 0 HR TURNOVER S,283 SQ. FT. 488 FT. 3'-0" TO 12'-0" 405,230 GAL. 1,120 GFM LEGEND MD MAIN DRAIN @@ = RA = ROFE ANCHOR &F-4 UL = UNDERWATER LIGHT @ DH = DEFTH MARKER @ NR = NO RUNNING @ ND NO DIVING @lii\;b) = ISM = IE> METER MARKER 5F'-S GR = GRA6RAIL RF = RACING FLATFORM R5 = RECALL STANCHION 65 = 6ACK5TROKE STANCHION LAD = LADDER AL = ACCE55I6LE LIFT MGC = MOVEA6LE GUARD CHAIR SA = STANCHION ANCHOR HR = HANDRAIL <E> = EXSISTING <N> = NEW [] = NEW FOOL FLOOR (SHOWN 5TIFFLED) CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS ,I< THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN AN INDEFENDENT LICENSED SURVEYOR TO FROVIDE CERTIFICATION OF COMFLIANCE FOR REQUIRED FOOL LENGTHS IN ACCORDANCE WITH USA SWIMMING REGULATIONS. THE SURVEYOR SHALL 5U6MIT THE COMFLETED

FORM TO USA SWIMMING NATIONAL EVENTS DEFARTMENT AND
FROVIDE COFIE5 TO OWNER AND ARCHITECT.

LONG COUR5E-E>0M, <ALLOWS FOR TOUCH FADS AT 60TH ENDS) I04'-lve" MIN.; 104'-1 11/10" MAX.

SHORT COURSE-2!:>YDS, <ALLOWS FOR TOUCH FADS AT ONE END) 1!:>'-0 E>/11&" MIN., 1!:>'-1 3/li&" MAX.

TOLERANCE AGAINST, LENGTH SHALL EXTEND IN A VERTICAL FLANE 0.3M (12") A6OVE AND 0.8M. <2'-lv, ") 6ELOW THE SURFACE OF THE WATER AT ALL FOINT5 OF 60TH END WALLS TYF. OF ALL COURSES. **CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN A LICENSED ENGINEER
TO CERTIFY THE MAIN DRAIN 5Y5TEM5 A5 V.G.6. COMFLIANT.

CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE MAIN DRAIN 5UMF AND GRATE
AS A SOFA RATED ASSEM6L Y FROM MANUFACTURER.
' AQUATIC

DESIGN GROUP
2226 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008
AquaticDesignGroup.com
760.438.8400
rfl-(a~/
- C 'I *
'~)
5d.2
These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the commencement of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATENO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2025 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION 2025.033 CJM GSF

LIONS CENTER POOL
225 A STREET
BRAWLEY, CALIFORNIA 92227 08/28/2025

L I CENSE
D
A

RCH I TECT
STAT E
OF
CA
L I FORN I A REN. 07/31/27

GREGORY
S . FERRELL C-35802 DETAILS SP-4
18 19 20
2 12
2 23 DALDORADO, LLC. DalMax-GO-1818 (Single) UNBLOCKABLE Cover in Multiples per APSP-16 2017 Life 25 Years Submerged Suction Outlet Cover DalMax-SG/FG-18X36: FLOOR-2869 GPM WALL-2080 GPM DalMax-SG/FG-18X54:FLOOR-4412GPM For Single or Multiple Drain Use 6" 2\" 6"
6"
3'' CLR.
6" 1
3 EXISTING REBAR------~ REMOVE AND REPLACE-~ EXISTING PLASTER FINl51-1

WIDTI-I VARIES

AS REQUIRED
@RUSTED REBAR REPAIR
r--t--- NEW FOOL SI-IELL (CG)
EXISTING FOOL 51-!ELL
ROUGI-IEN TO 14" AMPLITUDE

PRIOR TO PLACING

CONCRETE
NEW REBAR e 12" O.C.---~
REMOVE AND REPLACE-~ EXISTING PLASTER FINISI-I

WIDTI-I VARIES

AS REQUIRED
----+- BOND ALL NEW REBAR, TYF.
r+-- NEW FOOL SI-IELL (CG)
EXISTING FOOL 51-!ELL
SET 04 fll2" or;. WITI-I 'I-IILTI' I-IIT
I-IY-212)12) EPOXY SYSTEM, ICBO
"3181, INTO "'•"• DRILLED I-IOLES
x 4" DEEP.

ROUGI-IEN TO 14" AMPLITUDE

PRIOR TO PLACING

CONCRETE
@COMPROMISED REBAR
NOTES,

REPLACEMENT
(D Ci-llF OUT AND REMOVE CONCRETE IN DESIGNATED REPAIR AREAS TO EXPOSE REBAR PROVIDE I" MIN. CLEARANCE UNDER Tl-IE REBAR (D SANDBLAST AND CLEAN EXPOSED REBAR TO REMOVE RUST/LAITANCE. FAINT REBAR WITI-I :ZINC RICI-I GAL VANl:ZING COMF'UND FAINT.

Q) PLACE 1-!IGI-I STRENG Tl-! NON-51-!RINK GROUT TO RESTORE FOOL 51-!ELL TO ORIGINAL SURFACE LEVEL. ANY OTI-IER IMPERFECTIONS IN Tl-IE FOOL 51-!ELL 51-!ALL BE REPAIRED PRIOR TO INSTALLING A NEW PLASTER FINISI-I.

G) IF REBAR 15 UNABLE TO BE SALVAGED, CLEANLY CUT OUT DAMAGED REBAR AND PROVIDE REPLACEMENT REBAR TO MATCI-I MATERIAL AND 51:ZE OF EXISTING REBAR

REBAR REPAIR / REPLACEMENT DETAILS

NEW DALDORADO MAIN

DRAIN SUMP/GRATE
DALMAX-SG-I83634 FIFE ----<
5I:ZE FER FLAN V.G.6.

COMPLIANT
04BAR5 e--~
12" O.C. E.IJJ.
¢

I ' I '
--SET FRAME WITI-I
NON-Sl-!RINK GROUT

FOOL PLASTER
(E) FLOOR 51-!OIUN 1-!ATCl-!ED
-----------------------------1----------------------------- / 2"4> I-IYDROSTATIC RELIEF --+
~ =i---l---l---l7
VALVE e MAIN DRAIN
TYF.

I8"x 18" MIN. DRAIN ROCK-~

UNDER MAIN DRAIN

MAIN DRAIN
i -I -i' I I I I i' I I I I i' I I I I i' I I I I i' 11-111 b" MIN. I 111 -r4r-l't- - ROUGI-IEN TO 14" AMPLITUDE
111=- PRIOR TO PLACING
NOTE,
- CONCRETE

SUCTION FIFING

FER FLAN
NO LEAK FLANGE TYF'.@ OR SWELL LEAK '8 -
CONTRACTOR 51-!ALL PROVIDE ALL

REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS FOR
V.G.6A., ABll2)212) (CALIFORNIA ONLY)
OR ANY STATE CERTIFICATIONS.
111 = 1'-011

EXISTING FOOL FLOOR

AND REINFORCEMENT
NEW Wl-!ITE FOOL PLASTER OR TILE FINl51-1 TYF. @ - 14 " 12" OC EW. 3" CLEAR FROM SOIL IN NEW 2 CONCRETE I 51-!OTCRETE FLOOR SF-6
<J
<J
<J
<J
LI -
LI LI Ll
,j <J <J
SET •40112" O.C. WITI-I I-IILTI I-IIT
I-IY-200 V3 EPOXY SYSTEM, ICC
ESR "3181, INTO "'• "4> DRILLED I-IOLE
4" MIN. DEEP
NEW b" X b" KEY (NEW(2\ TO EXISTING FLOOR)

POOL FLOOR REPLACEMENT DETAIL
' •
L <] FLANGES,
,
MIN. ------BOND ALL NEW REBAR, TYF.
-----NEW Wl-!ITE PLASTER
04 " 12" O.C. TYF. LAP A L ---,.._
BARS MIN. 4"' BAR DIA.

FINISI-I
EXISTING STRUCTURE 04 BAR 12" O.C.---+--
d
s+--/---.. ,f-------,41'- <I
LI §~:S!.- LJ __L..::::::~7=7"::::,:;;=::::::!~::---&~
....

NEW 51-!0TCRETE

OR CONCRETE
FER

SPECIFICATION
2 5
.1
<J
LI
t1" <J
<J
LI LI
<]
LI
.(\
<I
LI
ROUGI-IEN TO 14" AMPLITUDE

PRIOR TO PLACING
51-!OTCRETE
~NEW 51-!OTCRETE OR CONCRETE
FER SPECIFICATIONS.

NEW FIFING FER FLAN (MAIN
DRAIN OR FLOOR INLET!
12" OF CAL TRANS 34" CLASS 2 CRUSI-IED ROCK
COMPACTED TO A MINIMUM OF 912) % TOTAL COMPACTION AND MOISTURE CONDITION TO SLIGl-!TL Y OVER OPTIMUM FER GEOTECI-INICAL
RECOMMENDATIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL

CONDITIONS AND GEOTECI-INICAL ENGINEER TO
VERIFY. APPLICABLE UNDER AREAS OF

EXCAVATION BASED ON BASE BID OR BID
ALTERNATE.

DEMOLITION/PIPING DETAIL

OPEN COVER PLATE --

ONE FULL TURN
INST ALL FLU51-1 TO TOP-~

OF PLASTER
LI <J
LI
.(\ " <] .(\
<]
LI LI <J
<I
.(\
<]
FITjlNG
!SEE~LAN
FOR
FRE~ISE

LOCATION)
LI
<]

NEW FLOOR INLET

FITTING FER
&FECIFICATION5
NON-51-!RINK
GROUT
NEW FOOL PLASTER TYF.

FOOL FLOOR
<] .(\
<I
LI LI
<]
, , ,_ --, ,_ --, ' 1==111 - _ '\.::r-',! _ ...!.:i:; __ - Trl-M ""'l;=;:lj\J_~ = =I I -H--+-'<~
~ ..u,-~:k1 i' I I I I i' II I I
111 11 'v:!s::i'::: II I I i' II~
_,,,
NO LEAK FLANGE OR (7\
SWELL SEAL te, TYF.

Ill=
=111- - -
Jv, "• PVC 912)" ELBOW

PVC I-IEADER
--------ALTERNATE LOCATION

FOR PVC I-IEADER

FLOOR INLET
@ BONDING CABLE AND CLAMP
FER

CAST-IN-PLACE

CONCRETE OR
51-!OTCRETE WAL

OR FLOOR AS
51-!OIUN

ELSEWI-IERE
'EQUAL " EQUAL FIFE SIZES FLANGE WIDTI-I
FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE

ANY DAMAGED CUP
ANCI-IORS.

CUP ANCHOR
<J
• • •
'SPECTRUM'

STAINLESS STEEL

COMMERCIAL CUP

ANCI-IOR W/ STAINLESS

STEEL EYEBOL T
"35214
7 Ill w _J Iii IL
Q IL
IL - Ill
IL
PVC FIFE Sl-!OIUN

FIFING FLAN
,,
ON

SOL VENT OR I-IE AT

WELDED PVC SE

FLANGE ON
AL
COUFL ING AS 51-!OIUN
,@
4"
MIN.
<J
'
<I V211 TO .311
.(\
411 TO
6 11 L
LI <I ~ml I 1ml I l-11 i I 8" TO 12" l LI <I
111 111 111 11
12" 4 LARGER •
.1 .1
ffillllllllllllllllll111III 111 III 111
:=111 =111 =I 11 111 =111 =111
I
<I
111111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 , 111 .1 ' L1 I ::=I I I 111 111 I I 1
= 11 1
= 11 I
.1 ~111111111111111111~ <]
LI-
<]
~111
111
111
111
11 llll; .(\ .(\
<I 111 111 I IiLI ::=I II- I '
<] 111-- <]
.

WATER STOP DETAIL NO SCALE
2"
NOTE,

COORDINATE ALL FIFING WITI-I SITE UTILITIES

INCLUDING FIFING, CONDUITS/STRUCTURES
AND Tl-IE LIKE. COORDINATE ALL FIFING
ELEVATIONS WIT!-1 ALL SITE UTILITIES.
2 FIFE DIA. OR b" MIN.
~"----+,(Wl-!ICl-!EVER 15 LESS)
UNDERGROUND FIFING _.,/
8 STACKED UNDERGROUND PIPING
-FINl51-1 SURFACE

PROVIDE SAND

ENCASEMENT OF

ALL FIFES

NO SCALE
' AQUATIC

DESIGN GROUP
2226 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008
AquaticDesignGroup.com
760.438.8400
rfl-(a~/
- C 'I *
'~)
5d.2
These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the commencement of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATENO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2025 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION 2025.033 CJM GSF

LIONS CENTER POOL
225 A STREET
BRAWLEY, CALIFORNIA 92227 08/28/2025 L I CENSED ARCH I TECTSTAT E OF CA L I FORN I A REN. 07/31/27 GREGORY S . FERRELL C-35802 NEW SWIMMING POOL PIPING PLANSP-2 1 •---• "

SWIMMING POOL DAT A

SURFACE AREA

PERIMETER DEFTI-I
VOLUME
& I-IR TURNOVER
----~--¥
......
9,283 5Q. FT.
488 FT.
4'1JS,2312l GAL.
1,12& GFH

SURGE DATA

REQUIRED &URGE CAPACITY
&URGE IN PERIMETER GUTTER &URGE IN GUTTER FIFING SURGE IN SURGE CI-IAHBER

TOTAL SUPPLIED SURGE
:. 9,911 GAL. ~83 GAL.+&% OK
9,283 GAL.
4,112 GAL.
1,12& GAL.
4,673 GAL.
9,911 GAL.

LEGEND
HD
Fl
GO
Av
EJ
FV
E3FV
Aff.

FOC
!EJ
!NJ

HAIN DRAIN

FLOOR INLET

GUTTER OUTLET

AIR VENT

EXPANSION JOINT

FLOAT VALVE

BUTTERFLY VAL VE

ABOVE FINISI-IED FLOOR

POINT OF CONNECTION

EXISTING
NEUJ
NOTES:

I. FIFING ROUTE& ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE AND
5HOWN ON FLAN& FOR CLARITY-. CONTRACTOR &HALL
ROUTE FIFING ACCORDINGLY" TO MEET NOTED INVERT
ELEVATION&. REFER TO REFERENCED DETAIL FOR
FIFE &FACING REQUIREMENT&.

2. ALL BELOW GRADE FOOL FIFING &HALL BE
SCHEDULE 4'2' FVC AND ALL ABOVE GRADE FOOL
FIFING &HALL BE SCHEDULE 8'2' FVC.
3 COORDINATE ALL FIFING WITH 5ITE AND BUILDING
UTILITIES INCLUDING FIFING, CONDUIT&/ 5TRUCTURE5
AND THE LIKE. COORDINATE ROUTING OF FIFING
THROUGH STRUCTURAL 5LAB. ALL FIFING &HALL HAVE
UNIFORM 5LOFE IN ONE DIRECTION.

4. &URGE CHAMBER TEE SUCTION &HALL BE 5ET AT -lb"
A.F.F. MAINTAIN MAXIMUM 5EFARATION BETWEEN

SUCTION AND INFLUENT FIFING WITHIN THE &URGE

CHAMBER
S. EACH MAIN DRAIN &HALL BE EQUIFFED WITH
HYDRO5TATIC RELIEF VALVE FER RECOMMENDATION&

OF GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
&. ALL UNDER FOOL FIFING AND FLOOR RETURN& &HALL
BE REMOVED AND REPLACED.

7. CONTRACTOR &HALL FRE55URE TE5T EXTENT OF

EXISTING FIFE FROM POINT OF CONNECTION TO
MECHANICAL ROOM.
---~--•-
.. -. -~-
1 .-... -,-x .. • x .'·. I x-.-.· x x_-.-.-. -x ·. I· .• •0?:-, ~.~.:•--.. :x--1 ---.-><--.-:•~--.-•-.-. -_-:x-•• -.-. -•---x---:•-. -.-•.--.-.. •--_-•--•--•-. --_~(?.1 _x·T~. ,. x~-.-x ... _ x-1 -.-•-r-/--:·=.:x--x--x--:x--:x--x • ,-------/-,----.--L_ · -. • - ,,_. ·•-17~..._---:---.,_ 1---c----"-~_---t-~-~. - ~ -'!~~~---+. -~-_-. - _Ii----'-.-~--+. - -~-:-:--' . .---;--r 1 ·~. • _c_ · - . --:-· _:__+--'-' ~ ·_:_--~ _ .. _ __ ___c···c__ ...-----c· ~ - - -_. ~----'-- _.--_:__ __ ----'"-- · c---__ - ;-'------:-.+-. ~ - ~ -~'-- -ct1---' ·· ·--~+-__ -__ ---·----ti.- , - -~/--¥--c_ "
"
•
"
" " "
-l~"F.J.,.OOR· " -... .:: ·1 .·,. •• •.. I .. . · I • • •• ' • _I . :' _13,'•~ :· . ·. •.. • .• 5LOF~-1~-MIN.· -·. ·,1 . • ,-·.f ~ //. ·1 ----1-=l·..--~_Lf~JRN_ ·i;/r_. . :--: ..._ : _ .. r~ ........... -=-:-.--t .. _'-.----:-_c:--:--'-:;---'""_ ----:.innfffflllfflll-----,j l....,..._~---.. -. -. - . .,,.. r __ ,.......,... ......,... __ -'-'r1-~illllllli---t--:-._-f-... -'GQ':i....;---,1,,-:-;,-. _-. .......:....;___-,_~-.-.. -. -'--;__....;.-.. -. - . .:__ __ :::: ~.=:.:.::_::..:..:_!:.!:.... __ -------:'." •••c-_ +--'-..,._....:........:....-,_....,_-.......,,. •• -+6-"..,.,_-4C'"""\.~- ~:'. . , • -~---~- v·· ... v~·~,1JGO
\(y~ ..
-- ~ •~I~•-· .-1
<EJ

MECH, NICAL

AREA ,EE
5HEET MR-I
.
..

II
.
.
..
.
.
...
' , I I ' U• . • •
. . I'2'"-i.
~
. ; - • 0 1'2'" GUTTE •. IL.....----1 OUTLET SUCTION ' - - - - '--- ~NJ FUMF • •• Ji11 4=====t
,.
,
------------- •
_________ •_t.::f(,,,l__~
--------- 1 141 -b"- L. ---14'°=6 11 -- L. T--141:-6' 1 1~ 141-6 11 -T- I~ -----,4---;-_lb~---~---1 1=-6~ ,_ 11 1-2 11 . 11 1-2 11 l. 11'-2 11 1 1 -6 11 1 '
I
Fl
., '
Fl
I :

I I
.,
I
Fl
' , , .,
I I -
Fl Fl Fl Fl Fl
-
21/, 11
Fl 2
F
"
. ..
•
. . . 01 ••
· f ~ -•,- ,-'. - - "
lleeW . 0 . . x r~ . _..! •••
ti)
• "
2t,,..,11
.
.

I
" - . ! II·. -~.
"
" "
"
" "
FIT "
1'2)" 5URGE----;t1---- I I . •• •• ·c cl-]~'; MAiN • 1 CHAMBER " lli~¥;;;;;;;;;;fJ_ • . • DF AIN • • lv2" TEE SUCTION l!e • / • 5.U< ;ILo•·J . . •
AT -lb" A.F.F. · . • · · • •• •
• Fl Fl Fl Fl Fl Fl F Fl F • •.
"
(
•
.
.
:1-2 II 2 11 ----1:b c-t--211 2 I I -----I J
-
"' '
' ' ' ' n '--t-_/_/_/ ~/ --'--!-----,:----+----l-'2)-,"jr---'"4----,:---------r:----+---8-"-i---l ........ "-+-/-/ -,.-, -/ 6....! /·i* ·~· ·_·· r-- \\ I I I I 6''jV / I ~-- - --- --- ---- ,- --- ---- --7
Fl F
---- ---!t- ----
Fl I-< --- Fl I
,.
..
- --'--- e-- -
• "
U!======:!t:6""
- !EJ
WADING

FOOL TO
REMAIN
-
X
"
LJ ~----------~/ <EJ STORAGE UNIT
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
x------•--:x--x--><-• --,•--,x
•
I I I
I I I - - - ~· / / "-- - - : :1-!1./2 11 1'/2 11--1:b C -t-JV2 11 11./2 11--t J :

I I I // I . Jliil ! c:I F =1 F : · .. I I I // I · · • ·, " • · • · ,.;".

I I I // " I - - ·. >/ .
x--·x'----·x--, ... \-'------'-----------'------'-----------'-----..V I I r .- - - ·. / ./· . ./ . - 3 1 -!0 11 - • GQJ '• -~--- X ..

J I - • lITIITIITIITIIT ITTlITllll l+-~~~~-+-1 ,/ • r\ LAWN I // ."·-----+-•J:RJ"""" ____ _:S::i.:,L:..:O:..:F...:E:;....:.l'-':.::•...:.M...::l::..N::..·-1-------rL... __ "'_ ..... "7~,,P7:.V..._..._ ./ _-:· / · •• : .: • , , • _ • .• // +\ : .*·~//~/~d:~~~~~~~~k11 ........ .... ~~//~· fl·· •• .+· •. _._· ~-· -.....j.....~'-/ -//_· -. \
I /// I I I r . . · \ : - "
\
+ J// (EJ HADE I I I I . &HADE :\
. / / I STRI CTURE I I I I . . . • . • :\ \
/' ,/ 1>-----o----4---0-:-' ___ ....J, I I I I I / ":I" t-_-=,=· ====I=.=·.==~·\ " --•---~---~---·" "" -~•==~-~====~-=~----•~-~~---~~. """ X· ••
--
® ®
-.
-
...
- "
"
"
"
l
NEW SWIMMING POOL PIPING PLAN v8 11=l1-(Z)1•
' AQUATIC

DESIGN GROUP
2226 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008
AquaticDesignGroup.com
760.438.8400
fl~~/
- z: 'I *
-~1
5d.2
These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the commencement of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATENO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2025 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION 2025.033 CJM GSF

LIONS CENTER POOL
225 A STREET
BRAWLEY, CALIFORNIA 92227 08/28/2025 L I CENSED ARCH I TECTSTAT E OF CA L I FORN I A REN. 07/31/27 GREGORY S . FERRELL C-35802 EXISTING SWIMMING POOL UNDERWATER LIGHT LAYOUT PLANSP-3 1

NOTES, LEGEND
I. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ADDITIVE AL TERNATIVC:
6ID TO i'<E:MOVC: AND l'<E:FLACE Tl-lE EXISTING, FOOL
UNDERHATER LIGil-lT FIXTUl'<E:6 HITl-4 NEH LED LIGil-lT6. 6EFORE ORDERING, NEH FOOL UNDERHATER LED LIGil-lT
FIXTUl'<E:6, Tl-lE CONTRACTOR 61-lALL 6E l'<E:6FON6I6LE FOR FIELD VC:l'<IFYING, Tl-lE CONDITION OF EACl-4 EXISTING, FOOL LIGil-lT NICl-lE TO EN6Ul'<E: Tl-lEY Ai'<E: NOT DAMAGiED AND 1-lAYE 6EEN INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE HITl-4 Al'<TICLE
b80 OF Tl-lE C.E.C. Tl-lE CONTRACTOR 61-lALL DETERMINE
Tl-lE CORl'<E:CT SIZE AND Tl-lE TYFE OF l'<E:FLACEMENT LED LIGil-lT FIXTUl'<E: Tl-lAT CAN 6E Fl'<OFERL Y USED TO FIT AND 6ECUl'<E: INTO Tl-lE EXISTING! NICl-lE. Tl-lE CONTRACTOR 16 l'<E:6PON6I6LE FOR ENSURING, Tl-lE PILOT 1-lOLE Tl-li'<E:AD6 AND NICl-lE 1-lOOK AT EACl-4 EXISTING, FOOL LIGil-lT NICl-lE Ai'<E: NOT DAMAGiED AND Ai'<E: COMPLETELY INTACT AND
!'<EADY TO l'<E:CEIVC: A NEH LED LIGil-lT FIXTUl'<E:.

IORl6UILDINGi DEPARTMENT TO i'<E:YIEH AND APFROVC:

INSTALLATION FRIOR TO FLASTERINGi Tl-lE FOOL.

UL
J6
<E)
<N>
,. ______ _

X X X X X X X X
<E>
MECl-4 NICAL

AREA EE
Sl-lEET MR-I
lrn <E> 5UJ-<GE
Cl-lAM6E
J (E) I" CONDUIT WI 2-•e 4 1-"8 50LID '5F-2S GREEN TO LIGl-lT PANEL TYF. '5F-27 '
'5P-2S~\ (E) S-J6'5
'5P-23' '
x,------,,.-x-,-:-.. --•,-,-i.-~ .. =-,-x:-.-,-_.~_.-:x--,---x:--,-,-•-,--• • •.. : .x · . . j . >< .. ~E-21': , _·· x-- . ,c _ x. .. _x __ ,,c _ x __ ,c. -~'.~) ·
.;--., • • • • • • •. . • . . • • • • ~ ~,'- I • '-~ ,.. • • • • . ·: • • . • • . • • \ --~---'----'----· _. ---. :;s~ -~-------- . . . . ... " • . . . ' • . • • •.•. --~-~1~~;._:_,_ _ _;__,.·-. • ,_J..--__;:.,-~ . • ~::::.__--:__~-_:___·~ . • . • . • . --:-~-::-~~-- -~-- •. •. " .. ·1 . . .. ,Al . .. . . . . I_---- _J_,1. • • ...._---=..__ ·---------.:... __________ • -- •. -:-----. ~----- ... • •· . . . . - , -~'
-
. . -~ . ' .,. • • _i.---.:.-- • -~ •• ·- •• _... • . --~ .- ·-...-:._ • - • - . ---- ' ' • > ,. • /··. /· . · I · ·· · ' .• ··1 , · ·• . • •. \.. · · : · · -:.... ---..::-.... ·· •. · · --~· · -:--..., ~- .,_ , . . .. .. . . . ' . . ........ -:-....- . . .... . ' ..
<N> UL (N) UL __ <N> T _______________ UL (N) UL T________ <N> UL __ (N2_.iJ!.._ T _____ - _(bl ----,N) UL ------ (N) UL ----- <N) UL -~I -.N--ii-+-.(E) J''. GONCiU T uii 2·:•10

4. l""le> ·soLID·c;,REEN ••
TO LIGil-lT FAl~C:L· TYf:' ..
..
..
~-
... ,,,,,.. ....
/ ..
. . . . ; 1' ---------------
. . ,
. .
·/·.
. .
--:---- -:, _-:-
' .
-
.
(N) UL I \ I \
I \ I I I I I
N> UL:

I
I I

I I I /
N) UL I I I i
- I I I
-I -I
I I
I I
-I -I -I
<N> UL (N) UL
I I I
N) U~

I I I I I I I I
N) U~

I I I I I I I I
N)U
I
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- --~
)'.
. /
(N) UL

I I I I I I I I
___ (N) UL ______ <N> UL ______ <N> UL ___ _J
/
.. /
/ · .. . 1 ....•
.
'/ '
/ ·
' ' · ·1>/ °cE) HADE 1 •
/ / / l . . . &TT.TU~. •• I .
' ,',/•
---::---x---x--x---x-- ---:x---x---x---,
....
,
'5F-IS
<E) I" CONDUIT WI 2-"8 4 1- 06 D
GREEN TO LIGHT PANEL TYF.

EXISTING SWIMMING POOL UNDERWATER LIGHT PLAN
=
=
=
=
'SF-IS'
'5F-I1'
. .

UNDERWATER LIGHT
JUNCTION eox

EXISTING
NE:W
(E) I" CONDUIT WI 2-•e 4 1-•e 50LID
GREEN TO LIGl-lT PANEL TYF.
<E> 2-JB'S
X
. X
.

X- ••
.·.- X
51-lADE
<E>
WADING

FOOL TO
REMAIN
0 Cl>

X X X X X
X
. . X
X
"
. / X
. '. ; -_
/
. / . -
X ..
•. X •
•
/
·- / .
t-+-~~~~~-+-1./
. .
.
51-lADE •
.·- ,/
\ .
. \
/
/
./ ...
/ X
•
X
\
. .
' AQUATIC

DESIGN GROUP
@ 2226 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008 AquaticDesignGroup.com 760.438.8400 rfl-(a~/
- C 'I *
'~)
5d.2
These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the commencement of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATENO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2025 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION 2025.033 CJM GSF

LIONS CENTER POOL
225 A STREET
BRAWLEY, CALIFORNIA 92227 08/28/2025 L I CENSED ARCH I TECTSTAT E OF CA L I FORN I A REN. 07/31/27 GREGORY S . FERRELL C-35802 DETAILS SP-5 EXISTING 'NO DIVING' SYM60L EXISTING EXPANSION JOINT---,,< '·°' . ,::,:;:: ,;/;?!ff::: NEIIJ ISM TILE 'DA-=-LT_:IL+'•~ •+-l/5;-~i-tf':..., DISS 'OAK MOSS' • IIJITI-! NON-SLIF SUFsfACE ON DECK • ,,,--EXISTING CONCRETE DECK
EXISTING DEFTl-11 CAUTION MARKERS TYF.

EXISTING RECESSED CUF
ANCI-IOR r SEE FLAN
LOCATION!
IIJA TERLEvEL
~-+----NEIIJ C-112)1 SAFETY 1-!AND
1-!0LD TILE FER SFECS.

NEIIJ l"x I" IIJL TILE /1'' TOTAL
DEFTl-!J
--+NEIIJ DEFTI-IICAUTION
MARKERS Sl-!ALL 6E l"xl"
IIJl-!ITE NON-GLAZED
CEl'(AMIC MOSAIC TILE
NUM6ERS/LETTERS ON

NON-GLAZED

CONTRASTING FIELD-SEE

SFEC'S FOR COLOR

AND MFR
NEIIJ IIJl-!ITE PLASTER
FINl&l-1
'------------NEIIJ TARGET ., ,i; OF
EA. !'(ACING LANE
6LACK l"x I"

NON-GLAZED
CEl'(AMIC MOSAIC
TILE FLUSI-!
NOTE,
PROVIDE NEIIJ ENDWALL TARGET TILE 6ELOIIJ WATERLINE TILE.

EXISTING IIJATERLINE TILE, DEFTI-! MARKERS AND 60ND 6EAM TILE TO REMAIN PROTECT. REPLACE ANY DAMAGED OR LOST.
1 RIM FLOW GUTTER PERSPECTIVE NO SCALE
-
,SI
t 21-2 11
21-211
t
DEFTI-! MAJ-KERS ON
DECK AND FRONT CANTILEvER DECK FACE /FER DET. I SF-S!
AT ALL DEFTI-! MAJ-KER LOCATIONS
t t
t
-
,SI
t 21.411

SEE DETAIL

FOR TTFICAL

SECTION
Tl-!ROUGI-! TILE MORTAR
BED
2 r-
'

MARKERS
I" X I" CONTRASTING

NON-GLAZED CERAMIC

MOSAIC TILE LETTERS

ON NON-GLAZED TILE

FIELD - SEE SFEC'S
FOR COLOR AND MFR-~
12 11
,,

PLAN VIEW

FOOL WALL
--...__---NEW l"x I" UNGLAZED
NON-SLIF CEl'(AMIC MOSAIC

TILE FER SPECIFICATIONS
,,

RACING LANE LINE
r
4&"
--4
MORTAR

SETTING BED
-
,SI
I" X I" CONTRASTING NON-GLAZED

CERAMIC MOSAIC TILE LETTERS ON
NON-GLAZED Wl-llTE FIELD - SEE
6FEC'6 FOR COLOR AND MFR. SECTION TI-IROUGI-I TILE
JV:1 1 = l1-IZ) 1
NOTE, REPLACE ANY DAMAGED OR LOST TO MATCI-! EXISTING
4 7
NOTE, REPLACE ANY DAMAGED OR LOST TO MATCI-! EXISTING

DEPTH MARKERS

EXISTING PROTECTED
FOCL Ei'-12)" MIN. - J-Bl2)X IN PLANTING AREA
PERIMETER g~~~T~CASED IN
= ;z <Q
<>:> l: 1- 2 . c±±:t---EXISTING I" RED Bl'(ASS ;,-~-~D=E=CK~E=L-~F=E~R~F=LA~N~----------- t-----,---'-l t---,,--t ABOvE GRADE /IF EXPOSED • ONLY!
FOCL IIJA TER LEvEL
5 r+++--- EXISTING I" FVC CONDUIT 6ELOIIJ Gl'(ADE
EXISTING LIGl-!T NICl-!E.---------

REFLACE ALL EXISTING

INCANDESCENT UNDERWATER
LIGl-!TS WITI-! NEW 'JANDY' -----._
NICI-IED IIJl-!ITE LED LIGl-!T
'llJFI-IVSLS ll2)12), b!i WA TT, 1212)V
UNDERWATER L IGl-!T W/ LOW

WATER CUT -OFF AND SAFETY
&ENSOR
NEIIJ PLASTER FOOL-~C::::::=====~
FINl&l-1 OvER
Sl-!OTCRETE 51-!ELL
EX&l&TING BONDING LUG WI--~
"8 SOLID COFFER WIRE TO

FCOL REINFORCING - SEE
•

EXISTING
I" CONDUIT

TO J-BOX

FER COPE
'NO RUNNING' / 'NO DIVING' MARKERS
UNDERWATER LIGl-!T NOTE&,
I. ALL CONDUIT& IN FOOL LIGl-!TING SYSTEM TO BE A MINIMUM OF I"•·

2. CONDUCTOR& TO FOOL. J-60XE5 &1-IALL 6E MINIMUM 2-"8 4 1"8 !SEE UNDERWATER LIGl-!T FLAN! SOLID UNBROKEN TO MAIN FANEL ISOLATED GROUND BU&&. Tl-115 BU&& 15 TO BE CONNECTED IIJITI-! SOLID INSULATED "8 COFFER WIRE TO UFER 4 COLPIIJATER GROUNDING LUG ON GROUNDING BUSS. UFSIZE CONDUCTORS A& REQUIRED FOR 1-!0MERUN& EXCEEDING 100'.

3. ALL Bl'(A55 FOOL J-BOXE& &1-IALL 6E FLU&l-1 MOUNTED IN WALLS. IF FLU&l-1 MOUNTING 15 NOT FC&&IBLE Tl-!EN MOUNTING &1-IALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED AND CONCRETE ENCASED.

4. CONDUIT& IIJl-!ERE ALLOIIJED 6Y CODE Sl-!ALL BE F.V.C. !FCL YVINYL CI-ILORIPEJ FROM IIJET NICI-IE& TO BRA&& J-BOXE& TO LIGl-!TING PANEL. ALL CONDUIT& IN FREE AIR &FACE AND ALL RISERS 51-!ALL 6E REP BRA&& TYPICAL. FVC CONDUIT& 51-!ALL BE &OLvENT IIJELPEP WITI-! F-112) PURPLE PRIMER AND 2111 Gl'(AY 1-IEAVY BODIED GLUE.

S. LIGl-!TING CONTACTORS 51-!ALL BE 'ALLEN-BRADLEY' '!;12)12) L± OR EQUAL MOUNTED IN A NEMA 12 1-!INGED COvER - LOCKA6LE ENCLOSURE. CONT ACTORS TO 6E SWITCl-!EP BY MOMENTARY SWITCI-! EQUAL TO 'l-!U6BELL' ~551 MOUNTED IN J-BOX IN MECl-!ANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM. PROVIDE REMOTE UNDERWATER LIGl-!T &WITCI-! IN FOOL BUILDING CONTROL ROOM.
&. BRASS FCOL J-BOXES Sl-!ALL 6E '1-!YDREL' ~11S ± IIJII" 1-!UBS OR EQUAL. !NO PIE CAST BOXES!.

1. STRINGS Sl-!ALL BE FULLED IN ALL CONDUITS PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE.

8. LOCAL, COUNTY OR CITY COPE& &1-IALL BE APl-!EREP TO, SPECIFICATION& TO 6E IN ACCORDANCE IIJITI-! SECTION 6812) OF LATEST N.E.C. BOOK.

S. PROVIDE FULL BOXES AS MAY 6E REQUIRED FOR RUNS EXCEEDING 1512) FT. OR PUE TO Cl-!ANGE& IN Gl'(APE OR DIRECTION. 112). CONTRACTOR Sl-!ALL TEST UNDERWATER FOOL LIGl-!T GFIC CIRCUITS AND PROVIDE LETTER TO ARCl-!ITECT AND OIIJNER UFON SUCCESSFUL TEST.

II. SEAL CONDUIT OPENING IN LIGl-!T NICI-IE IIJITI-! SILICON CAULKING AFTER LIGl-!T 15 INSTALLED.

12. PRIOR TO LIGl-!T INSTALLATION, PROVIDE MINIMUM 112) FSI PRESSURE TEST ON ALL FOCL LIGl-!T CONDUIT& FOR FOUR !4! 1-!0UR& OBSERvEP BY INSPECTOR OF RECORD. MAINTAIN PRESSURE UNTIL ALL DECKS ARE FCURED.
(ADDITIVE AL TERNA TE 1) UNDERWATER LED LIGHT 1',,",1'-12)" 8 3 -
N
-
N
11-211 12 11
EXSISTING 6LACK 6ULLNOSE

TILE EXISTING WATER LE
'-------t-NEIIJ I" XI"
NON-GLAZED CEl'(AMIC

MOSAIC TILE FER
11-211 SPECIFICATIONS

ACTIVITY POOL END WALL TARGET

REFER TO NO RUNNING/

NO DIVING DETAIL FOR
DIMENSION&------......_I @

SILK SCREEN

NOTE, FLACE IN PECK AT ALL 'NO DIVING' TILE

MARKER LOCATION& AND ALL
PEFTI-! MAJ-KERS b'-12)" AND Sl-!ALLOIIJER
I. DOUBLE GLAZED Wl-!ITE &LIF RESISTANT TILE TYF. OF !I! FIECE OvER 14" MORTAR BED WITI-!)(•' GROUT JOINT&. &EE FLAN FOR LOCATION.

2. I" WIPE REP CIRCLE IIJITI-! I" WIPE REP DIAGONAL LINE.

3. vo" 6LUE WATER

4. )(6 " REP TICKS ABOUT Tl-IE 1-!EAP.

S. TAN COLOR BODY WITI-! BLACK OUTLINE, 1-!AIR AND TRUNK&. b. vo" 6LACK FOOL FLOOR
NOTE, REPLACE ANY DAMAGED OR LOST TO MATCI-! EXISTING

INTERNATIONAL 'NO DIVING' MARKER

TYPICAL FOOL

REINFORCING
1i-------60NPING IIJIRE FROM
ANCl-!OR/SCOREBOARP, NICI-IE -
DETAILED ELSEIIJl-!ERE

BONDING CLAMP

NO SCALE
NOTE,

PET AIL PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE

ONLY IF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT

REQUIRE& BONDING AND OR
ANCl-!ORAGE

CONDUIT TO

JUNCTION OOX -
SEE SPEC'S --------_'\,
CONNECTOR----~

AT NICI-IE
BONDING WIRE ---------......_ TO FOOL REINF.

LIGl-!T NICI-IE- SEE -----

PET AIL FOR MORE
INFO.
@

NICHE CONNECTOR

NO SCALE

POOL BONDING DETAIL
' AQUATIC

DESIGN GROUP
2226 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008
AquaticDesignGroup.com
760.438.8400

1.~fh~/
'j - * J
v

NO SCALE
5d.2
These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the commencement of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATENO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2025 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION 2025.033 CJM GSF

LIONS CENTER POOL
225 A STREET
BRAWLEY, CALIFORNIA 92227 08/28/2025 L I CENSED ARCH I TECTSTAT E OF CA L I FORN I A REN. 07/31/27 GREGORY S . FERRELL C-35802 DETAILS SP-6 \. 1 ) -TRANSFORMER FACILITY MAIN SERVICE

EQUIPMENT
SIZE AS 5HOWN V ,__ __ ]
ON SINGLE LINE -.....,__ '
POOL PANEL/SJ---... 7 • /
A
GROUND BUS _ _,, /
'8 COPPER INSULATED-~/
1 /
CABLE // -4-GROUND BU5 IN
./ SWIMMING POOL
/ J-60X LIFER GROUND BUS-,,

GROUND BUS
--'8 COPPER

CONDUCTOR INSULATED
i---CIRCULATION "y F'UMP
ff----
__ '8 SOLID
BARE CU.

ANY METAL PARTS OF ELECTRICAL
f------1 EQUIPMENT IN CONT ACT WITH POOL

WATER CIRCULATION
BARE '8 CU. TO -~ POOL LIGHT

FOUNDATION
STEEL
POOL DECK LIGHTS --~"
POLE BONDING LUGS "\

EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR '8 SOLID
IN5ULA TED CU.
/i - ,,
tJl==•q~•~t-f,,DECK I POOL REINFORCING J",° • • • •
--,/ol;UL STEEL ----======-=-~~! l
• \•VW---'8 SOLID lMETAL FITTINGS L BARE CU. '8 BARE CU. - IMPLANTED IN '8 COPPER INSULATED-----~ CABLE

ANY METAL PARTS, PIPE,
CONDUIT, ETC. WITHIN !:>' OF
POOL '8 BARE CU.

DECK ie DIVING.

PLATFORMS, "S BARE CU. POOL GRABRAIL5,
REINF. STANCHIONS,

STEEL RACING
NOTE,
I. STRUCTURAL STEEL IN POOL DECK AND POOL SHALL BE BONDED TOGETHER (TIGHTLY MADE STEEL TIE-WIRES ARE APPROVED FOR BONDING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS!.

2. BONDING CONNECTOR TO COMMON GRID. (POOL STEEL MAY BE USED FOR THAT F'URPOSE! SHALL BE MADE BY PRE55URE CONNECTOR5 OR CLAMP5 OF BRA55, COPPER, OR COPPER ALLOY.

3. ALL GROUND BU5E5 5HALL BE SIZED FOR CONNECTION TO AWG SIZE 8 WIRE PROVIDING ONE 5PARE TERMINAL.

4. GROUND AND BOND IN ACCORDANCE WITI-I ARTICLE 680 OF Tl-IE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE. le. LADDERS, FENCING, POLE LIGI-IT5, DIVING I 5TARTING STANCI-IION5, I-IANDICAP HOl5T ETC. !:>. PROVIDE BONDING OF AUTOMATIC POOL COVER MOTOR& REGARDLE55 OF PROXIMITY TO POOL.

PLATFORM
ANCHORS, ETC.
.....

A '
..
'
.. 12 11 ..
• TYP 0
'-12" WIDE BOND
BEAM TYP. J _ 3'-0" MIN.
'8 COPPER-~

WIRE GRID ON
5U6GRADE
BELOW CONC.

DECKS

BONDED TO

POOL REBAR

SWIMMING
POOL
5ECTION A
NOTE, 60ND COPPER WIRE GRID
TO POOL REBAR MIN.

ONCE AT EACH SIDE OF POOL
r NOTE, PROVIDE UL APPROVED COMF'RE55I0N CONNECTOR,
ADAMAX INC. 'SBC-8 AT EVERY

INTERSECTION OF THE COPPER
WIRE5
l+-----12" x 12" GRID W/ '8 BARE SOLID

COPPER WIRE

INSIDE FACE
OF POOL-__,-t

EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING GRID DETAIL

AT POOL DECKS FOR DECK W/ NO
METALLIC REBAR PER 2022 CEC AND
2021 NEC, ARTICLE bW2b
\ / J
"-.. f--------,/
FIRST PARALLEL WIRE 51-iALL
BE WITHIN I" OF POOL BOND BEAM
•NOTE, 5HOWN FOR CONTRACTORS

REFERENCE ONLY
A5 REQUIRED
TYPICAL POOL BONDING AND GROUND DETAIL NO 5CALE 2)

CONCRETE NOTES,
CD Tl-IE MINIMUM ULTIMATE COMF'RE55IVE
&TRENGTI-I AT 28 DAY& WITI-I A 0.40-050

WATER/CEMENT RATIO
FOOL = 4,:;,,:;,,:;, FS I
SLAB-ON-GRADE = 4,:;,,:;,,:;, PSI
G) CONTINUOUS INSPECTION BY AN APPROVED INSPECTOR 15 REQUIRED OF ALL CONCRETE PLACEMENT.
(]) ALL CEMENT USED 51-lALL CONFORM TO A.5.T.M. c-1s,:;, TYPE II @ FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATE 5HALL CONFORM TO A.5.TM. C-33. MAXIMUM 51ZE OF AGGREGATE TO BE I".
@ CONCRETE MIX DESIGN& 5HALL BE BASED UPON ACI 318 @ CONCRETE 5HALL BE TESTED AND INSPECTED PER SECTION CBC 1105>.3 AND ACI 318
G) REMOVAL OF FORM& 5HALL COMF'L Y WITH ACI 318
@ ALL REINFORCING 51-iALL BE A&TM A-615, GRADE 60, UNLE55 OTHERWISE NOTED.

LAP5 51-iALL BE 64 BAR DIA
5HOTCRETE NOTES,
CD 5HOTCRETE 51-iALL BE WET-MIX AND I-IAVE A MINIMUM COMF'RE55IVE 5TRENGTI-I OF 4;,00 PSI AT 28 DAY5. 51-iOTCRETE MATERIAL SI-IALL I-IAVE A WATER/CEMENT RATIO OF 0.40-0.5>0 51-iOTCRETE

MATERIALS MIXTURE DESIGN PROPORTIONING, PLACEMENT, CURING, AND TESTING SHALL BE PER ACI 318
G) CONTINUOUS INSPECTION BY A D.5A. APPROVED IN5PECTOR 15 REQUIRED OF ALL 5HOTCRETE PLACEMENT PER ACl-318. (]) ALL CEMENT USED 51-iALL CONFORM TO A.5.TM. C-150 TYPE II @ FINE AND COAR5E AGGREGATE 5HALL CONFORM TO A5.TM. C-33.

MAXIMUM SIZE OF AGGREGATE TO BE¾".
@ 5HOTCRETE 51-iALL BE TESTED AND INSPECTED PER CBC 1105.3 AND ACI 318. @ ANCI-IOR BOLT&, ANCHORS, DOWEL&, INSERT&, ETC. 5HALL BE &ECUREL Y TIED IN PLACE PRIOR TO PLACING OF &HOTCRETE.

G) ALL REINFORCEMENT WITI-IIN 5HOTCRETE 51-iALL MAINTAIN Tl-IE LE55ER OF b BAR DIA AND 2v," CLEAR NON-CONTACT SPLICE&.
@ THE FILM OF LAIT ANCE WHICI-I FORMS ON Tl-IE SURFACE OF Tl-IE &HOTCRETE 51-iALL BE REMOVED WITI-IIN AF'F'ROXIMATEL Y TWO I-IOURS AFTER APPLICATION BY BRU5HING WITI-I A STIFF BROOM. IF T!-115 15 NOT

REMOVED WITI-IIN TWO HOURS, IT SHALL BE REMOVED BY TI-IOROUGH WIRE BRU5HING OR SAND BLA5TING. CONSTRUCTION JOINT5 OVER EIGI-IT HOURS OLD 51-iALL BE THOROUGI-IL Y CLEANED WITI-I AIR AND WATER PRIOR TO RECEIVING 51-iOTCRETE.
® ALL REINFORCING 51-iALL 6E ASTM A-bl!:>, GRADE 60, UNLE5S OTHERWISE NOTED. LAP SPLICES 5HALL BE 64 BAR DIA
NON-CONTACT LAP 5PLICES SHALL I-IAVE CLEAR 5PARING BETWEEN BAR5 THE GREATER OF b BAR DIA AND 21,,". REINFORCING 51-iALL CONFORM TO ACI 318.

NON-STRUCTURAL FORM WORK BAR5 AND STABILIZER& 51-iALL BE NON-FERROUS MATERIALS AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED PART OF STRUCTURAL REINFORCING.

CONCRETE / SHOTCRETE NOTES
' AQUATIC

DESIGN GROUP
2226 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008
AquaticDesignGroup.com
760.438.8400
rfl-(a~/
- C 'I *
'~)
5d.2
2255 Auto Centre Dr., Glendora, CA 91740
e: 909.394.1280 Fax: 909.394.4579 Email: [email protected] CA LIC 415172 DIR 1000001406
AIA Billing
$ 1,745,800.00
Billing Item Total
Submittals / Shop Drawings $ 25,000.00
Mobilization $ 35,000.00
Rec. Pool
Demo $ 245,000.00
Expansion joint removal $ 110,550.00
Pebble removal $ 145,000.00
Overexcavation/gravel backfill $ 135,000.00
Rough Plumbing $ 150,000.00
Pressure Testing $ 45,000.00
Sounding Well $ 58,000.00
Reinforcing $ 200,000.00
Concrete/shotcrete $ 200,000.00
Concrete Deck Sections replacement 250-sqft. $ 20,250.00 Tile $ 152,000.00
Pebble Finish $ 175,000.00
Fill/Brush and start up $ 30,000.00
Close out / demobolize $ 20,000.00
Total: $ 1,745,800.00
Job: Lions Park Pool City of Brawley
5d.3
2255 Auto Centre Dr., Glendora, CA 91740
Phone: 909.394.1280 Fax: 909.394.4579 Email: [email protected] CA LIC 415172 DIR 1000001406
2255 E Auto Centre Drive, Glendora, CA 91740 Phone 909.394.1280 Fax 909.394.4579 CA LIC 415172 DATE: October 2, 2025
TO: Derek Downey
Legal Pools
RE: Lions Park Pool Renovation
FROM: Lafe Castro
We are pleased to submit a bid for the above referenced project. We have prepared the following scope of work to help clarify our bid intentions. We look forward to discussing the details of our scope of work with you.

TOTAL BID FOR: $1,745,800.00
ADD ALT:

Remove and Replace pool deck 14,260 sq ft $ 606,050.00
Deck Coating entire deck 14,260 sq ft $142,600.00
Bond is not included in the pricing above. It is available at 1.25% of total.

Please feel free to call me with any questions you may have.

LIONS PARK POOL RENOVATION

SCOPE OF WORK
California Commercial Pools has more than 38 years of experience building awardwinning commercial projects. We are a current holder of a State of California “B” and “C-53” license. This proposal and scope of work shall be made an attachment to any subsequent contracts or other agreements. The following information will outline our 5d.4
2 10/2/2025
proposed scope of work. All work shall be completed in accordance with the project plans using generally accepted construction methods and practices.

This bid is based on the Existing conditions and work performed in 2023/2024. Includes work associated with plan sheet DP-1, DP-2, SP-1, SP-2, SP-3, SP-4, SP-5, & SP-6 dated 7/1/25 “BLC Combined Set”

INCLUSIONS
• Sawcut, demo and remove existing pool floor
• Haul and dispose of materials
• Review subgrade – condition of existing subgrade is unknown. No soils report has been provided, so any work associated with a soils report is excluded from this proposal.
• Remove 12” of subgrade, compact subgrade after 12” removal to 90% compaction. Provide and install 12” ¾” drain rock at pool floor • Provide and install new plumbing for return system in pool and main drains.

Piping to be SCH 40 underground. Connection to existing homerun stubs at pool floor. Removal and replacement of gutter plumbing, main drain home run plumbing and home run return plumbing is EXCLUDED.
• Drill and dowel reinforcing into radius (which is to remain). Figured #4 rebar at 12” O.C.E.W. use of Hilti epoxy for the dowels into existing pool radius. Depth of dowel to be min. 4” embedment.
• Provide and install reinforcing for pool floor #4 rebar at 12” O.C.E.W. • Remove existing expansion joints(2) – sawcut, remove, dispose of concrete, provide new wall sections based upon construction drawings indicated and shotcrete in new wall sections.
• Remove existing pebble material at pool walls and steps down to concrete/shotcrete structure
• Existing tile to be protected and remain in place. New tile at perimeter of pool from waterline to grating – back of gutter will be protected in place, removed expansion joint wall sections, new tile racing lane lines at pool floor and gutter repairs as required. Tile surrounds at pool floor inlet return fittings • Pressure test plumbing – new and existing to confirm all plumbing is sound and true. Pressure testing shall be 25 psi for a period of 24 hours. Gutter plumbing may be less based upon existing conditions and connections. • Set up, place and finish new concrete floor – 4,000 psi concrete with rough finish so Pebble will bond.
• Provide and install new sounding well at deep end expansion joint removal for ground water monitoring.
• Replace removed existing deck sections – 250 sq ft.
• New Pebble finish for pool interior complete – product to be white Pebble Fina. • Fill and assist with start-up and balancing of the pool chemicals • Scaffolding as required for tile installation.
• Brushing of pool surface for 10 days
• Pool Certification for length.
• Turnover and training as required.
5d.4
3 10/2/2025

EXCLUSIONS
 Inspection and testing fees
 Permits and fees for permits (Health and Building Dept.)  Any items not specifically listed in above inclusions  Removal and replacement of pool deck and pool deck caulking  Cost of chemicals associated with balancing the pool
 Tile work on gutter to remain in place – only repairs described above in inclusions will be performed on the gutter and targets.
 Soils reports and recommendations
 Mechanical equipment – existing will remain in place and be re-used  Deck Equipment – existing to remain in place and be re-used.  PLA agreements or union requirements – we are non-union.  Swing shifts or overtime work – work will be performed during regular working hours. ___________________________ ____________________
Signature for Acceptance of Proposal Date
______________________________ ______________________
Printed name Title
5d.4
City of Brawley
City Council
October 07, 2025
Agenda Item No 5e

STAFF REPORT
To: City Council
From: Rom Medina, Director of Public Works and Operations Prepared by: Ana Gutierrez, Public Works Analyst
Subject: Approval and Award of Design Services for the South Brawley Street Maintenance Project Phase II.

RECOMMENDATION:

Award Agreement to The Holt Group, Inc. for the Design of the South Brawley Street Maintenance Project Phase II in an amount not to exceed $58,955.00 and authorize the City Manager to execute all documentation concerning this project.

BACKGROUND INFORMATION:

On May 7, 2024, the City Council awarded The Holt Group a Professional Services Agreement to develop a Pavement Management System for the City of Brawley. This system was designed to evaluate the condition of City streets and recommend a phased program of maintenance and rehabilitation.

In August 2025, the City successfully completed the first phase of design and construction under this program. With Phase I completed, the Engineering staff is prepared to move forward with Phase II of the Pavement Management System, known as the South Brawley Street Maintenance Project Phase II.

The City has allocated funding for the pavement of various City streets, prioritized through the Pavement Management System developed by The Holt Group. To maintain consistency and ensure that the program is executed as originally designed, the staff recommends continuing with The Holt Group for the design of Phase II.

Under the proposed scope of work, The Holt Group will design the necessary pavement improvements, prepare construction cost estimates, and develop technical specifications to support bidding and construction.

Awarding this agreement will allow the City to maintain progress on its long-term pavement management strategy, ensuring the timely rehabilitation of prioritized streets in the South Brawley Street Maintenance Project Phase II.

Staff recommends that the City Council award the design services agreement for the South Brawley Street Maintenance Project Phase II to The Holt Group in an amount not to exceed $58,955.00 to maintain continuity and progress in the City’s pavement rehabilitation efforts. 5e
FISCAL IMPACT:

Phase 2 of the South Improvements is budgeted under CIP Project 2024-02 in the FY 2025–26 Capital Improvement Program. Design and construction are fully funded (100%) by Measure D funds.

ALTERNATIVES:

Council may vote not to move forward with the project.

ATTACHMENTS:

1. Proposal
REPORT COORDINATED WITH (other than person preparing the staff report):

Staff, Title or Consultant, Agency
, , ,
REPORT APPROVAL(S):

Staff, Title or Consultant, Agency Status – Date of Status Rebecca Terrazas-Baxter, City Manager Approved - 10/3/2025 Silvia Luna, Finance Director Approved - 10/3/2025
5e

City of Brawley
City Council
October 07, 2025
Agenda Item No 5f

STAFF REPORT
To: City Council
From: John Tang, Interim Parks and Rec Manager
Prepared by: John Tang, Interim Parks and Rec Manager
Subject: Approve MOU Between City of Brawley and Chamber of Commerce for Greater Brawley to Provide Sponsorship for the 2025 Cattle Call Festivities through Financial and In-Kind Contributions
RECOMMENDATION:

It is recommended that the City Council approve and adopt the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between the City of Brawley and the Chamber of Commerce for Greater Brawley to provide sponsorship for the 2025 Cattle Call Festivities through Financial and In-Kind Contributions and approve $10,000 budget adjustment to increase appropriations in Account 101-521.000-750.300.

BACKGROUND INFORMATION:

The City of Brawley has a distinguished tradition of promoting community engagement and cultural enrichment through various events and activities. One notable event is the annual Cattle Call Festivities, which bring together residents, visitors, and local businesses to celebrate Brawley's cultural heritage and communal spirit.

The Cattle Call Festivities represent more than just an annual celebration; they serve as a fundamental element that fosters community pride and cohesion. By endorsing this financial and in-kind support, the City is investing in an event that has evidenced substantial positive effects on local commerce, tourism, and the broader economic well-being of Brawley. The surge of visitors during the festivities results in increased revenue for local retailers, dining establishments, and service providers, thereby enhancing the local economy.

With the proposed financial support and in-kind donations, the City endeavors to elevate the overall experience of the Cattle Call Festivities. Improved infrastructure, enhanced logistical arrangements, and more comprehensive promotional activities will guarantee a more seamless and enjoyable experience for all participants. This support will also facilitate the introduction of new attractions and activities, thereby further enriching the event and attracting a broader audience.

Proposed contribution:

1. One-time sponsorship of $10,000.00

2. Portable restrooms

3. Public safety personnel

4. Clean up support

5. City liaison support
5f

6. Fee waivers (subject to council approval)
FISCAL IMPACT:

Approval of this item would authorize a one-time cash sponsorship of $10,000 and in-kind City support for the Cattle Call Festivities. In-kind services include portable restrooms, public safety staffing, cleanup support, City liaison coordination, and fee waivers (subject to Council approval). This expense was not included in the FY 2025–26 Adopted Budget and therefore requires a budget adjustment to the Recreation Department: increase appropriations in Account 101-521.000-750.300 (Advertising & Promotion – Expense) by $10,000.

ALTERNATIVES:

The council may elect not to approve.

ATTACHMENTS:

1. City of Brawley Cattle Call Sponsorship MOU
REPORT COORDINATED WITH (other than person preparing the staff report):

Staff, Title or Consultant, Agency
, , ,
REPORT APPROVAL(S):

Staff, Title or Consultant, Agency Status – Date of Status Silvia Luna, Finance Director Approved - 10/3/2025
Rebecca Terrazas-Baxter, City Manager Approved - 10/3/2025 5f
City of Brawley & Brawley Chamber of Commerce
SECTION 1 - EVENT DESCRIPTION
EVENT

CATTLE CALL MEGA MIXER

CHILI COOK-OFF

MARIACHI NIGHT

CATTLE CALL PARADE
DATE
NOVEMBER 3, 2025
NOVEMBER 1, 2025
NOVEMBER 5, 2025
NOVEMBER 8, 2025
5:ΟΟΡΜ - 10:ΟΟΡΜ
9:ΟΟΑΜ - 1:ΟΟΡΜ
Welcome to the 69th annual Cattle Call Jamboree , μroudly μresented by The Chamber ol Commerce lor Greater Brawleyl
This exciting event celebrates the rich heritage of the lmperial Valley as the home of the renowned Brawley Cattle Call Rodeo. The week-long festivities are designed to bring the community together and provide a fantastic experience for families and friends alike, featuring a delightful blend of music, food, and entertainment. With over 35,000 participants, the Cattle Call Jamboree has become a beloved tradition that showcases the vibrant spirit of Brawley.

Throughout the Cattle Call Jamboree, you can expect an array of other engaging activities, including live music performances, arts and crafts vendors, and much more. The event provides a fantastic opportunity for people of all ages to come together and create lasting memories in a warm and welcoming atmosphere.

Come and experience the magic of the Cattle Call Jamboree in Brawley, where tradition, community, and Western culture converge to create an unforgettable celebration that will leave you longing for more. Join us as we honor our rich heritage and celebrate the spirit of Brawley's Cattle Call Rodeo in true grandeur and style.

PROMOTIOl\TAL OPPORTUl\TITIES
2025 Media Campaign Opportunities include but are not limited to: Our entire media campaign will be at full force two weeks before the event.

Television: Canal 66 / Entravision / ΚΥΜΑ / KSWT
Radio: ΚΧΟ and other stations as identified.

Print: The Desert Review / lmperial Valley Press / Posters / Flyers Online: Community calendars from media partners and Chambers. Paid social Media campaigns on Facebook and lnstagram.
5f.1
City of Brawley & Brawley Chamber of Commerce
SECTION 2 - SPONSORSHIP BENEFITS

KEEPING TRADITION ALIVE
The Brawley Cattle Call Parade has been a cornerstone of our community for generations, bringing together thousands of residents and visitors in celebration of our heritage and culture. With an estimated 15,000 attendees lining the streets each year, the parade not only strengthens community spirit but also provides exceptional visibility for our sponsors.

By partnering with The Chamber of Commerce for Greater Brawley, the City of Brawley plays a vital role in preserving this tradition and ensuring that it continues to thrive for future generations.

EVENT OVERVIEW
Date: Saturday, November 8, 2025 Location: Downtown Brawley, CA Estimated Attendance: 15,000 The day begins at 5:00 ΑΜ with the Chuckwagon Breakfast, a beloved community fundraiser. At 9:45 ΑΜ, the streets come alive as our Grand Marshal leads a spectacular 1.5-mile procession filled with colorful floats, classic cars, marching bands, majestic horses, enthusiastic walkers, and riders. The Cattle Call Parade embodies pride, and tradition-creating unforgettable memories for families across the lmperial Valley.

SPONSORSHIP BENEFITS FOR ΤΗΕ CITY OF BRAWLEY
As a valued Division Sponsor ofthe Cattle Call Parade, the City of Brawley will receive the following recognition and benefits:
• Complementary 10' Χ 20' Event Booth Space provided during each Cattle Call Jamboree Event: Chili Cook-Off, Mariachi Night, and the Parade.
ο Note: The City must request booth space at the time of signing this agreement and comply with vendor contract requirements. Proof of insurance may be required. • Logo Placement Across Marketing Platforms
ο Chamber website with a direct hyperlink to your site. ο Official Cattle Call Jamboree flyer.
ο ΑΙΙ printed and digital marketing collateral.
• Event Recognition: Banner displayed along the parade route as a Division Sponsor (banner must be provided by sponsor no later than 10/25/25).
• Dedicated social media spotlight highlighting the City's sponsorship and commitment to the community. • 150 Parade Bleacher Tickets in exclusive area.

Your sponsorship directly supports the continued success of the Cattle Call Parade, ensuring that the tradition remains strong, accessible, and meaningful to every generation. Together, we can celebrate our community pride while creating memories that last a lifetime.

Brawley Chamber of Commerce
Signature: Date:

Ramiro Urias, CEO
1 am authorized to enter into this agreement on behalf of the City of Brawley:

Name:

Date:

Signature:
5f.1
City of Brawley & Brawley Chamber of Commerce
SECTION 3 - MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING

MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING
ΒΥ AND BETWEEN ΤΗΕ CITY OF BRAWLEY
ΑΝ D ΤΗΕ CHAMBER OF COMMERCE FOR GREATER BRAWLEY
FOR ΤΗΕ 2025 CATTLE CALL FESTIVITIES
This Memorandum of Understanding ("MOU") is entered into this 30th day of September 2025, by and between the Chamber of Commerce for Greater Brawley, a California nonprofit corporation ("Chamber"), and the City of Brawley, a California municipal corporation ("City"), City and Chamber are each a "Party" and, collectively, the "Parties."

RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Parties share a public purpose in promoting community engagement, civic pride, cultural enrichment, and local economic vitality through the annual Cattle Call Festivities (the "Festivities"); and WHEREAS, Chamber proposes to organize and manage the Festivities; and WHEREAS, City desires to support the Festivities through limited sponsorship and defined in-kind services, consistent with law and adopted policies;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties mutually agree as follows:

1. Purpose; Public Benefit; Non-Donation
The Parties acknowledge the Festivities provide a clear public benefit to City residents and visitors. City's financial and in-kind support under this MOU constitutes consideration for services and is not a donation or gift of public funds.

2. Term; Events Covered

2.1 Term. Effective upon full execution and continuing through close-out of the last event.

2.2 Events covered:
• Chili Cook-Off- November 1, 2025 • Chuckwagon Breakfast - November 8, 2025 • Mariachi Night - November 5, 2025 • Cattle Call Parade - November 8, 2025

3. Chamber Responsibilities (Scope of Services)
Chamber shall serve as Event Producer and, for each Event, shall:
a. Prepare and submit an Event Plan (Site/route, staging, timeline, vendor layout, volunteers) and a Safety/Operations Plan (crowd management, emergency access, communications, first aid) to City no later than sixty (60) days before the Event; ifthe Event occurs sooner due to timing ofthis MOU, within five (5) business days of execution. b. Obtain and comply with all permits/approvals required by law, including coordination with City Police, Fire, and Public Works, and applicable County/State agencies.
c. Manage registrations, lineup, route logistics, vendors, and event communications. d. Conduct event marketing/outreach acknowledging City sponsorship per Section 11. e. Conduct Day-of operations and coordinate post-event litter control with City. f. Provide insurance certificates and endorsements per Section 9 no later than sixty (60) days before the Event; iftiming is shorter, upon execution.
g. Submit a Post-Event Report within 30 days after the Event (attendance estimate, budget reconciliation, issues/lessons learned, photos if available).
5f.1
City of Brawley & Brawley Chamber of Commerce
SECTION 3 - MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING

4. City Responsibilities (Support/ln-Kind)
Subject to available resources and adopted policies, City will:
a. Provide a one-time sponsorship of $10,000 toward eligible Festivities costs (see Section 5). b. Provide portable restrooms (as needed), two (2) light towers, and street closure/traffic control support (barricades/signage) reasonably approved by Police/Public Works.
c. Provide public safety presence as determined by Police/Fire; d. Provide pre-, during-, and post-event cleanup support coordinated with various City Departments. e. Designate a City liaison for coordination.
f. Provide fee waivers for Festivities-related City fees only as approved by City Council. g. Events involving alcohol. Subject to City Council approval and compliance with City conditions, the City may authorize alcohol service/sales on City property. ΑΙΙ required California ABC permits and compliance remain the organizer's responsibility.

5. Sponsorship; lnvoicing; Use of Funds
a. Sponsorship. City shall pay Chamber $10,000 upon receipt of (i) a proper invoice; (ii) required insurance certificates/endorsements naming City per Section 9; and (iii) any other documentation reasonably required by City. b. Use of Funds. Chamber shall use City funds solely for Festivities-related costs consistent with this MOU. c. ln-Kind Valuation. City may track estimated value of in-kind services for internal reporting. d. Να Direct Vendor Payments. City will not pay Chamber's vendors directly unless expressly authorized in writing.

6. Compliance with Laws; Alcohol; ADA
Chamber shall comply with all applicable laws and permit conditions. Alcohol service/sales require California ABC authorization; City is not the approving authority for sales. Alcohol locations/hours shall be limited to those specified in Exhibit Α and shall not commence earlier than [11 :00 a.m.] unless otherwise approved in writing by City and permitted by ABC. Chamber shall ensure ADA compliance and reasonable accommodations.

7. lndependent Contractor
Chamber is an independent contractor; no partnership, joint venture, or employment relationship is created.

8. Records; Audit; Public Records
Chamber shall maintain complete financial and performance records related to the Festivities for three (3) years after the last Event and make them available to City upon reasonable notice. Materials submitted to City may be subject to the California Public Records Act.

9. lnsurance
Before the first Event (and throughout the Term), Chamber shall maintain, at its sole cost:
·Commercial General Liability (CGL): $1,000,000 per occurrence / $2,000,000 aggregate. ·Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 CSL (owned/non-owned/hired). ·Workers' Compensation: statutory; Employers' Liability $1,000,000. ·Liquor Liability (if alcohol present at any Event): $1,000,000 per occurrence. ·Additional lnsured & Primary/Non-Contributory. City, its officers, officials, employees, and agents shall be named as Additional lnsureds on CGL (and Liquor, if applicable) via CG 20 1 Ο and CG 20 37 (or equivalent). Coverage shall be primary and noncontributory. Waiver of Subrogation in favor of City for Workers' Comp where permitted. ·Certificates and endorsements are due sixty (60) days pre-Event; if timing is shorter, upon execution. 5f.1
City of Brawley & Brawley Chamber of Commerce
SECTION 3 - MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING

10. lndemnification
Το the fullest extent permitted by law, Chamber shall defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to City), indemnify, and hold harmless City and its officers, officials, employees, and agents from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or related to the Festivities or Chamber's performance under this MOU, except to the extent caused by City's sole negligence or willful misconduct. City shall be responsible for claims to the extent caused by City's sole negligence or willful misconduct.

11. Branding; Publicity
Use of City's name/logo requires City's prior written approval and adherence to City brand guidelines. City sponsorship acknowledgment shall be presented in a mutually agreed manner.

13. Termination; Force Majeure
City may terminate for convenience upon thirty (30) days' written notice; City shall pay for accepted services actually and reasonably incurred through termination (subject to the $10,000 sponsorship cap). Either Party may terminate for material breach after 1 Ο days' notice and opportunity to cure. Neither Party is liable for delay/failure due to Force Majeure (e.g., severe weather, disaster).

14. Notices
Notices shall be in writing and delivered to:

City: City of Brawley
Attn: Rebecca Terrazas- Baxter, City Manager
Address: 383 Main Street, Brawley, CA 92227
Email: [email protected]

15. Miscellaneous
Chamber: The Chamber of Commerce for Greater Brawley,
Attn: Ramiro Urias, Chief Executive Officer
Address: 204 S lmperial Ave, Brawley CA 92227
Email: [email protected]
This MOU constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and may be amended only in a writing signed by both Parties.

Governing law is the State of California; venue lies in lmperial County. lf any provision is held invalid, the remainder remains in effect.

ΙΝ WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this agreement on this 30th day of September, 2025.

CITY OF BRAWLEY
Signature
Gil Rebollar, Mayor
ΤΗΕ CHAMBER OF COMMERCE FOR

GREATER BRAWLEY
1?.*
Ramiro Urias, CEO
5f.1